Canon All in One Printer MultiPASSTM C50 User Manual

MultiPASSTM C50  
User’s Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Trademarks  
Adobe Photoshopă and Adobe PageMakeră are registered trademarks of Adobe  
Corporation.  
Canonă and BJă are registered trademarks and MultiPASSTM, UHQTM, and  
Bubble JetTM are trademarks of Canon Inc.  
Centronicsă is a registered trademark of Centronics Data Computer Corporation.  
IEEETM is a trademark of Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.  
Microsoftă and Windowsă are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.  
PhotoFinishTM is a trademark of Zsoft Corporation.  
WordScanTM is a trademark of Caere Corporation.  
Other brand and product names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of  
their respective companies.  
As an Energy Stară Partner, Canon has determined that the  
MultiPASS C50 meets the Energy Star guidelines for energy  
efficiency.  
The International ENERGY STARă Office Equipment  
EPA POLLUTION PREVENTER  
Program is an international program that promotes energy  
saving through the use of computers and other office  
equipment. The program backs the development and  
dissemination of products with functions that effectively  
reduce energy consumption. It is an open system in which  
business proprietors can participate voluntarily. The targeted  
products are office equipment such as computers, displays,  
printers, facsimiles, and copiers. Their standards and logos are  
uniform among the participating nations.  
Preface  
iii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
This CE Marking shows compliance of this equipment with Directive 73/23/EEC and Directive 89/336/EEC (as amended by  
Directive 92/31/EEC), both as amended by Directive 93/68/EEC.  
L’estampille CE indique que ce matériel est conforme aux dispositions de la Directive 73/23/CEE et de la Directive 89/336/  
CEE (modifiée par la Directive 92/31/CEE), toutes deux modifiées par la Directive 93/68/CEE.  
Diese CE-Markierung weist darauf hin, daß dieses Gerät mit Richtlinie 73/23/EWG und der durch Richtlinie 92/31/EWG  
geänderten Richtlinie 89/336/EWG übereinstimmt, die beide durch Richtlinie 93/68/EWG geändert wurden.  
Denne CE-mærkning indikerer, at dette udstyr følger Direktiv 73/23/EU og Direktiv 89/336/EU (som udvidet med Direktiv 92/  
31/EU), begge som udvidet med Direktiv 93/68/EU.  
CE Märkningen visar att denna utrustning följer direktiven 73/23/EEC och 89/336/EEC (komplement till 92/31/EEC) båda  
som komplement till direktiv 93/68/EEC.  
CE merkintä osoittaa tämän tuotteen yhteensopivuuden direktiivien 73/23/EEC ja 89/336/EEC (täydennetty direktiivillä 92/  
31/EEC) kanssa, joita on täydennetty direktiivillä 93/68/EEC.  
Dette CE merket viser at utstyret er i samsvar med EU direktivene 73/23 og 89/336 (med korreksjon av EU direktiv 92/31),  
begge med korreksjon av EU direktiv 93/68.  
Deze CE markering toont aan dat het product in overeenstemming is met de richtlijnen 73/23/EEC en 89/336/EEC (zoals  
geammendeerd door richtlijn 92/31/EEC), welke beide zijn geammendeerd door de richtlijn 93/68/CEE.  
Questo contrassegno CE indica che l’apparecchio è conforme alle Direttive CEE 73/23 e 89/336 (successivamente  
modificata con la Direttiva 92/31), entrambe modificate con la Direttiva 93/68.  
Este símbolo CE indica que el equipo cumple con las Directivas 73/23/EEC y 89/336/EEC (según la enmienda a la Directiva  
92/31/EEC), ambas según la enmienda de la Directiva 93/68/EEC.  
Esta marca CEE indica que este equipamento está de acordo com as Directivas 73/23/EEC e 89/336/EEC (conforme  
amenda da directiva 92/31/EEC), ambas amendas da directiva 93/68/EEC.  
Auth´ h CE sh´ mansh dhlw´ nei thn sumvwnı´a thŒ Suskeuh´ Œ me thn Odhgı´a 73/23/EEC kai thn Odhgı´a 89/336/EEC  
(o´ pwŒ tropopoih´ chkan apo´ thn Odhgı´a 92/31/EEC), o´ pwŒ amvo´ tereŒ e´ qoun tropopoihceı´ apo´ thn Odhgı´a 93/68/  
EEC.  
Oznaka CE prikazuje, da oprema ustreza predpisu 73/23/EEC, in kot to predpisuje predpis 93/68/EEC.  
A CE jelzés tanúsítja, hogy a berendezés megfelel az EEC 92/31 és 93/68 elo˝írásokkal módosított EEC 73/23 és 89/336  
követelményrendszernek.  
Oznaczenie CE jest potwierdzeniem zgodnos´ci niniejszego urza˛dzenia z wymaganiami Dyrektywy 73/23/EEC oraz  
Dyrektywy 89/336/EEC (zgodnie ze zmianami Dyrektywy 92/31/EEC), obie uzupełnione przez Dyrektywe˛ 93/68/EEC.  
Znacˇka CE indikuje, zˇe toto zarˇízení odpovídá Smeˇrnici 73/23/EEC a Smeˇrnici 89/336/EEC (doplneˇné Smeˇrnicí 92/31/  
EEC), které byly dále doplneˇny Smeˇrnicí 93/68/EEC.  
Käesolev CE-markeering näitab, et antud seade vastab Euroopa Liidu Direktiividele 73/23/EEC ja 89/336/EEC (koos  
muudatustega vastavalt Direktiivile 92/31/EEC) ning vo˜ttes arvesse, et mo˜lemaid direktiive on muudetud vastavalt  
Direktiivile 93/68/EEC.  
CE marœ†jums nor¬da, ka sˇ¢ iek¬rta atbilst pras¢b¬m, kas iek©autas EK direkt¢v¬s 73/23 un 89/336 (ar EK direkt¢v¬ 92/31  
paredz†taj¬m izmai߬m), kur¬s veikti labojumi saska߬ ar EK direkt¢vu 93/68.  
ˇ
Zenklas CE rei£kia, kad £is ¢renginys atitinka direktyvas 73/23/EEC ir 89/336/EEC (atlikus pataisas direktyva 92/31/EEC),  
kuriose buvo atliktos pataisos direktyva 93/68/EEC.  
Markirovka SE ukazyvaet na to, ˆto dannoe oborudovanie sootvetstvuet Direktive 73/23/EEC i Direktive 89/  
336/EEC (s izmeneniqmi v sootvetstvii s Direktivoj 92/31/EEC) s izmeneniqmi, predpisyvaemymi Direktivoj  
93/68/EEC.  
Fax III  
iv  
Preface  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
Chapter 1  
Introducing the MultiPASS C50 ............................................................................... 1-1  
Welcome ....................................................................................................................... 1-2  
The Main Features of the MultiPASS C50 .............................................................. 1-3  
Plain Paper Fax Features ................................................................................ 1-4  
Colour Copier Features .................................................................................. 1-5  
Telephone Features ......................................................................................... 1-5  
Colour Printer Features .................................................................................. 1-6  
Colour Scanner Features ................................................................................ 1-7  
Using the MultiPASS C50 with the MultiPASS Desktop Manager  
for Windowsă ........................................................................................................... 1-8  
Supplies and Options .................................................................................................. 1-9  
BJ Print Cartridges and Ink Tanks ................................................................ 1-9  
Special Print Media ......................................................................................... 1-9  
Canon Photo Kit ............................................................................................ 1-10  
Using Your Documentation .................................................................................... 1-11  
How to Use this Guide ................................................................................. 1-11  
Type Conventions Used in this Guide ........................................................ 1-12  
For Customer Support .............................................................................................. 1-13  
Safety Instructions .................................................................................................... 1-14  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50 ............................................................................. 2-1  
Choosing a Location for Your MultiPASS C50 ...................................................... 2-3  
Unpacking Your MultiPASS C50 .............................................................................. 2-5  
Do You Have Everything? ............................................................................. 2-5  
Removing Shipping Materials ........................................................................ 2-8  
Assembling the MultiPASS C50 ............................................................................. 2-11  
Attaching Components ................................................................................. 2-11  
Attaching the Sending Document Support .................................... 2-11  
Attaching the Document Support .................................................... 2-12  
Attaching the Output Tray Extension ............................................. 2-13  
Making Connections ................................................................................................. 2-14  
Connecting the MultiPASS C50 to Your PC .............................................. 2-14  
Connecting the Telephone Line .................................................................. 2-16  
Connecting the Optional Handset, a Telephone, or  
Answering Machine ...................................................................................... 2-17  
Connecting the Power Cord ......................................................................... 2-18  
Getting Acquainted with Your MultiPASS C50 ................................................... 2-20  
Front View ...................................................................................................... 2-20  
Rear View ....................................................................................................... 2-21  
The Handset (Option) .................................................................................. 2-21  
Inside the Printer Cover ............................................................................... 2-22  
The Operation Panel ..................................................................................... 2-23  
Special Function Buttons .................................................................. 2-25  
Contents  
v
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Selecting and Installing a BJ Cartridge .................................................................. 2-27  
Guidelines for Using and Maintaining BJ Cartridges .............................. 2-27  
Choosing the Best Cartridge ........................................................................ 2-29  
Installing the BJ Cartridge ........................................................................... 2-31  
Storing BJ Cartridges .................................................................................... 2-36  
Selecting and Loading the Print Media ................................................................. 2-37  
Selecting the Print Media ............................................................................. 2-37  
Plain Media ......................................................................................... 2-37  
Canon Media ...................................................................................... 2-38  
The Printable Area ........................................................................................ 2-40  
Plain Paper and Special Media ......................................................... 2-40  
Envelopes ............................................................................................ 2-41  
Adjusting the Paper Thickness Lever ......................................................... 2-42  
Loading the Print Media .............................................................................. 2-44  
Loading Print Media for Automatic Feed ...................................... 2-45  
Loading Print Media for Manual Feed ........................................... 2-49  
Using Canon’s Specialty Papers .................................................................. 2-50  
Printing on High Resolution Paper HR-101 .................................. 2-50  
Printing on FS-101 Fabric Sheets ..................................................... 2-52  
Using the Paper Output Guides with the BC-22/22e and BC-29F  
Cartridges ................................................................................................... 2-53  
Entering User Information in the MultiPASS C50 .............................................. 2-54  
Guidelines for Entering Information .......................................................... 2-55  
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols ....................................... 2-56  
Editing Information ........................................................................... 2-57  
Entering Your Identification Information .................................................. 2-58  
Editing Your Identification Information ......................................... 2-60  
The MultiPASS C50 Settings ................................................................................... 2-61  
List of Settings ............................................................................................... 2-61  
General Settings ................................................................................. 2-62  
Sending Settings ................................................................................. 2-63  
Receive Settings ................................................................................. 2-65  
Speed Dialling Settings ...................................................................... 2-67  
Other Options ..................................................................................... 2-67  
The MultiPASS C50 Unit Settings .............................................................. 2-68  
Accessing the MultiPASS C50 Settings ...................................................... 2-71  
To Access the VOLUME CONTROL Settings (CALLING  
VOLUME, KEYPAD VOLUME, ALARM VOLUME,  
LINE MONITOR VOL) .................................................................. 2-71  
To Access the RX CALL LEVEL, COLOR COPY MEDIA,  
MID PAUSE SET, and DISPLAY LANGUAGE Settings ......... 2-72  
Testing the MultiPASS C50 ..................................................................................... 2-74  
vi  
Contents  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 3  
Speed Dialling ............................................................................................................. 3-1  
Speed Dialling Methods ............................................................................................. 3-2  
One-Touch Speed Dialling ......................................................................................... 3-3  
Storing Numbers for One-Touch Speed Dialling ........................................ 3-3  
Changing a Number/Name Stored under a One-Touch Speed Dialling  
Button ........................................................................................................... 3-5  
Using One-Touch Speed Dialling .................................................................. 3-8  
Coded Speed Dialling ............................................................................................... 3-10  
Storing Numbers for Coded Speed Dialling .............................................. 3-10  
Changing a Number/Name Stored under a Coded Speed Dialling  
Code ................................................................................................................ 3-12  
Using Coded Speed Dialling ........................................................................ 3-15  
Group Dialling .......................................................................................................... 3-17  
Creating Groups for Group Dialling .......................................................... 3-17  
Using Group Dialling .................................................................................... 3-21  
Chapter 4  
Sending Faxes .............................................................................................................. 4-1  
Preparing to Send a Fax ............................................................................................. 4-3  
Setting the Resolution and Contrast ............................................................. 4-3  
Setting the Scanning Resolution ........................................................ 4-3  
Setting the Scanning Contrast ............................................................ 4-4  
Sending Methods ............................................................................................. 4-6  
Manual Sending Via the Handset ...................................................... 4-6  
Memory Sending .................................................................................. 4-6  
Dialling Methods ............................................................................................. 4-7  
Sending Documents .................................................................................................... 4-8  
Manual Sending Via the Handset .................................................................. 4-8  
Memory Sending ............................................................................................ 4-10  
Cancelling Sending ................................................................................................... 4-12  
Removing the Document From the Automatic Document Feeder  
(ADF) ............................................................................................................. 4-13  
Redialling ................................................................................................................... 4-15  
Manual Redialling ......................................................................................... 4-15  
Automatic Redialling With Memory Sending ........................................... 4-15  
Cancelling Automatic Redialling ..................................................... 4-16  
Sequential Broadcasting ........................................................................................... 4-18  
Sending a Document to More Than One Destination ............................. 4-18  
Sending a Document Using Group Dialling .............................................. 4-19  
Dialling Through a Switchboard ............................................................................. 4-20  
Registering the Access Type and the Outside Line Number under  
the R Button ................................................................................................... 4-20  
Long Distance Dialling ............................................................................................ 4-22  
How to Enter Pauses ..................................................................................... 4-22  
Confirming a Dial Tone ............................................................................................ 4-23  
Using Tone Dialling on a Pulse Line ...................................................................... 4-24  
If a Power Cut Occurs .............................................................................................. 4-25  
Memory Clear Report ................................................................................... 4-25  
Contents  
vii  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5  
Receiving Faxes ........................................................................................................... 5-1  
Different Ways to Receive a Fax .............................................................................. 5-2  
Setting the Receive Mode .............................................................................. 5-3  
Receiving Faxes and Phone Calls Automatically: Fax/Tel Mode .............. 5-4  
Receiving Faxes Manually: MANUAL MODE .......................................... 5-6  
Receiving Faxes Automatically: FAX ONLY MODE ................................ 5-8  
Using an Answering Machine: ANS. MACHINE MODE ........................ 5-9  
Using the MultiPASS C50 with an Answering Machine ................. 5-9  
Documents Received in Memory ........................................................................... 5-10  
Messages Displayed When Documents are Received in Memory ......... 5-10  
Printing a Received Fax When Your Computer Is Off ........................................ 5-12  
Receive While Registering, Copying, or Printing ................................................. 5-13  
Cancelling an Incoming Fax .................................................................................... 5-14  
Chapter 6  
Scanning Documents and Making Copies ............................................................... 6-1  
Scanning Documents .................................................................................................. 6-2  
Types of Documents You Can Scan .............................................................. 6-2  
Effective Image Size ............................................................................ 6-4  
Selecting Automatic/Manual Document Feed ............................................. 6-5  
Loading Documents for Automatic Feed ......................................... 6-6  
Loading Documents for Manual Feed ............................................ 6-10  
Adding Pages to the Document in the Automatic Document Feeder  
(ADF) ......................................................................................................... 6-12  
Making Copies ........................................................................................................... 6-13  
Chapter 7  
Printing From Your PC .............................................................................................. 7-1  
Paper Handling ........................................................................................................... 7-2  
Selecting Paper Types ..................................................................................... 7-2  
Printing on Envelopes ..................................................................................... 7-2  
Some Advice for Colour Printing ............................................................................. 7-6  
Selecting Paper and Other Print Media ....................................................... 7-6  
Understanding Your Application’s Capabilities .......................................... 7-6  
Understanding Your Computer’s Monitor and Colour .............................. 7-7  
Improving Print Speed .................................................................................... 7-8  
Controlling Printing Costs .............................................................................. 7-9  
viii  
Contents  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 8  
Troubleshooting .......................................................................................................... 8-1  
If You Cannot Solve the Problem ............................................................................ 8-3  
Problems Index ........................................................................................................... 8-4  
Paper Jams ........................................................................................................ 8-6  
Jams in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) ........................... 8-6  
Jams in the Sheet Feeder .................................................................... 8-8  
Problems Feeding Paper into the Sheet Feeder .......................................... 8-9  
Faxing Problems ............................................................................................. 8-12  
Sending Faxes ..................................................................................... 8-12  
Receiving Faxes .................................................................................. 8-14  
Telephone Problems ...................................................................................... 8-17  
Copying Problems ......................................................................................... 8-18  
Printing Problems .......................................................................................... 8-19  
Print Quality Problems ................................................................................. 8-24  
Colour Printing and Copying Problems ..................................................... 8-26  
General Problems .......................................................................................... 8-29  
Error Codes, Messages, and Solutions ................................................................... 8-30  
Chapter 9  
Maintaining Your MultiPASS C50 ........................................................................... 9-1  
Cleaning the MultiPASS C50 .................................................................................... 9-2  
Cleaning the MultiPASS C50’s Exterior ....................................................... 9-2  
Cleaning the MultiPASS C50’s Interior ........................................................ 9-2  
Cleaning the Scanner Components ............................................................... 9-4  
Maintaining BJ Cartridges ......................................................................................... 9-8  
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern ................................................................ 9-8  
Cleaning and Testing the BJ Cartridge Print Head .................................... 9-9  
When to Replace the BJ Cartridge ............................................................. 9-10  
Replacing the BJ Cartridge .......................................................................... 9-12  
Replacing an Ink Tank in the BC-21/21e Colour BJ Cartridge .............. 9-17  
Transporting the MultiPASS C50 ............................................................................ 9-21  
Contents  
ix  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix A  
Specifications .............................................................................................................. A-1  
General ....................................................................................................................... A-2  
Plain Paper Fax .......................................................................................................... A-3  
Copier .......................................................................................................................... A-4  
Telephone ................................................................................................................... A-5  
Printer ......................................................................................................................... A-6  
Printable Area: Papers .................................................................................. A-7  
Printable Area: Envelopes ............................................................................ A-8  
Scanner ...................................................................................................................... A-10  
Document Sizes ....................................................................................................... A-11  
PC Interface ............................................................................................................. A-13  
MultiPASS Desktop Manager for Windowsă ...................................................... A-13  
Appendix B  
Options ........................................................................................................................ B-1  
Optional Handset ....................................................................................................... B-2  
Package Contents ........................................................................................... B-2  
Attaching the Handset to Your Unit ........................................................... B-3  
Control Panel and Functions ........................................................................ B-6  
Maintaining Your Handset ............................................................................ B-8  
Glossary  
Index  
...................................................................................................................................... G-1  
....................................................................................................................................... I-1  
x
Contents  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 1  
Introducing the MultiPASS C50  
This chapter introduces you to your MultiPASS C50 and describes its main  
features. It also explains the options and supplies available for use with your  
MultiPASS C50.  
Welcome ....................................................................................................................... 1-2  
The Main Features of the MultiPASS C50 .............................................................. 1-3  
Plain Paper Fax Features ................................................................................ 1-4  
Colour Copier Features .................................................................................. 1-5  
Telephone Features ......................................................................................... 1-5  
Colour Printer Features .................................................................................. 1-6  
Colour Scanner Features ................................................................................ 1-7  
Using the MultiPASS C50 with the MultiPASS Desktop Manager  
for Windowsă ........................................................................................................... 1-8  
Supplies and Options .................................................................................................. 1-9  
BJ Print Cartridges and Ink Tanks ................................................................ 1-9  
Special Print Media ......................................................................................... 1-9  
Canon Photo Kit ............................................................................................ 1-10  
Using Your Documentation .................................................................................... 1-11  
How to Use this Guide ................................................................................. 1-11  
Type Conventions used in this Guide ......................................................... 1-12  
For Customer Support .............................................................................................. 1-13  
Safety Instructions .................................................................................................... 1-14  
Chapter 1  
Introducing the MultiPASS C50  
1-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Welcome  
Thank you for purchasing the new Canon MultiPASS C50. We are sure that your  
MultiPASS C50 will help you work more effectively and help you meet your fax  
and phone requirements easily and conveniently, as well as your printing,  
copying, and scanning needs.  
1-2  
Introducing the MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
The Main Features of the MultiPASS C50  
The MultiPASS C50 is a complete multifunction system for your home or small  
office. The MultiPASS C50 combines the following essential office machines into  
a single, convenient desktop unit:  
½
½
½
½
½
½
Plain-Paper Fax Machine  
Colour Printer  
Colour Copier  
Colour Scanner  
PC Fax  
Telephone*  
Your MultiPASS C50 also includes the MultiPASS Desktop Manager for  
Windowsă, version 2.50. This exclusive Canon software package provides you  
with a ”PC Fax” – you can print, fax, scan, and use the telephone from within  
your PC’s Windows environment.  
The MultiPASS C50’s multitasking ability enables you to perform a number of  
operations simultaneously. For example, you can print, scan a document, or make  
copies at the same time you are sending a fax or receiving a fax into memory.  
The compact size of the MultiPASS C50 (400 mm wide by 365 mm long by 205  
mm high) makes it ideal for desktop use, and lets you use it in places where other  
machines might not fit.  
*Requires the optional handset, a telephone or an answering machine.  
Chapter 1  
Introducing the MultiPASS C50  
1-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Plain Paper Fax Features  
UHQTM Image Processing System  
The MultiPASS C50 uses Canon’s Ultra-High Quality Image Processing System  
to provide enhanced definition in faxed photos.  
Error Correction Mode (ECM)  
Using the MultiPASS C50’s Error Correction Mode reduces transmission errors  
when sending faxes to or receiving faxes from other fax machines that also have  
ECM capability.  
Automatic switching between fax and voice calls  
The MultiPASS C50 can automatically distinguish between fax calls and normal  
telephone calls, so that you can receive both through a single phone line.  
Answering machine connection  
You can connect an answering machine to the MultiPASS C50 to let it receive  
telephone messages and faxes while you are away from your desk.  
Transmission speed  
The MultiPASS C50 uses G3 data encoding methods that increase transmission  
speed to approximately 6 seconds* per page.  
Memory sending/receiving  
The MultiPASS C50 can store up to 42 fax pages* (either received or to be sent)  
in its built-in memory, and can receive faxes while printing or even when your PC  
is turned off.  
Reduced-size printing  
The MultiPASS C50 automatically scales received faxes to fit the size of the  
paper loaded into the sheet feeder. So if your client is sending you a fax on letter-  
size paper and you have A4-size paper in your sheet feeder, the fax will be scaled  
and printed on A4-size paper.  
Automatic dialling and broadcasting  
To make faxing even easier, the MultiPASS C50 provides several automatic  
dialling methods: coded speed dialling, one-touch speed dialling, and group  
dialling. The MultiPASS C50 also enables you to broadcast faxes or send delayed  
faxes to as many as 57 locations at once.  
Point-and-click dialling  
The MultiPASS Desktop Manager enables you to select a fax number and dial  
directly from your PC’s screen with a simple click of the mouse.  
*Based on Canon FAX Standard Chart No.1, standard mode  
1-4  
Introducing the MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Colour Copier Features  
Colour and black and white copying  
The MultiPASS C50 can make full colour copies. It can also make up to 99 black  
and white (including halftones) copies of a document at a time, at a rate of up to  
three copies per minute.  
360-dpi resolution  
The MultiPASS C50 copies documents using a high resolution of 360 dpi (when  
making single copies).  
Copy reduction  
The MultiPASS C50 can reduce copies to 70%, 80%, or 90% of their original  
size. This allows you to copy legal-size documents onto A4-size paper, for  
example.  
Telephone Features  
Automatic dialling  
The MultiPASS C50’s three automatic dialling methods (one-touch speed  
dialling, coded speed dialling, and group dialling) can be used to store phone and  
fax numbers, for easy and efficient calling.  
Connection for the optional handset, extension telephone, or answering machine  
Connecting the optional handset or a telephone to the MultiPASS C50 lets you  
use it to make and receive normal telephone calls. In addition, connecting an  
answering machine allows you to receive faxes and phone messages while you are  
away from your desk.  
Point-and-click dialling  
The MultiPASS Desktop Manager enables you to select a phone number and dial  
directly from your PC’s screen with a simple click of the mouse.  
Chapter 1  
Introducing the MultiPASS C50  
1-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Colour Printer Features  
Canon Bubble Jet (BJ) printing and ink cartridges  
The MultiPASS C50 uses Canon’s Bubble Jet (BJ) printing and ink cartridges to  
provide you with first-rate, crisp print and vibrant colours, along with convenient,  
easy maintenance.  
Excellent print quality and speed  
The MultiPASS C50’s high-performance print head offers a precision of up to 720  
dots per inch (dpi) horizontally by 360 vertically, providing you with high-  
resolution colour, text, and graphics, all at exceptional speed – up to five pages  
per minute.  
Impressive output on a variety of media  
The MultiPASS C50 can provide sharp black or vibrant colour printing on a wide  
variety of media, including A4, letter, and legal plain paper, glossy paper,  
envelopes, transparencies, back print film (for display on a backlit panel), and  
fabric sheets.  
Convenient paper handling  
The unit’s sheet feeder holds up to 100 sheets* of A4, letter, or legal paper; 50  
transparencies; 10 sheets of back print film; or 10 envelopes.  
Economy ink-saving printing  
The MultiPASS C50 includes an economy printing mode that uses up to 50% less  
ink, resulting in longer cartridge life.  
Photo Quality Printing  
Canon’s optional Photo Kit enables the MultiPASS C50 to use halftones to print  
photos beautifully.  
*75 g/m2 paper  
1-6  
Introducing the MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Colour Scanner Features  
Full colour and 256-level greyscale  
The MultiPASS C50 Desktop Manager allows you to can scan images in full  
colour or with 256 levels of grey, rather than just in black and white, ensuring that  
the images are reproduced as clearly as possible.  
Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)  
The MultiPASS C50 includes an Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) that makes  
it easy to fax or scan up to 20 pages at a time when using Windows applications  
that support the TWAIN scanning standard (see below) and multi-page scans.  
300-, 400-, or 600-dpi resolution  
With the MultiPASS Desktop Manager, the MultiPASS C50 can scan documents  
at 300 dpi, and electro-enhanced 400 dpi and 600 dpi. In addition, when using  
applications that support the TWAIN scanning standard, such as ScanGear 4.0  
TWAIN, you can adjust the resolution in 1 dpi increments from 30 to 600 dpi.  
TWAIN compatible  
The MultiPASS C50 supports the TWAIN scanning standard, which allows you to  
scan images using any graphics or optical character recognition (OCR)  
application that also supports the TWAIN standard.  
Colour scanning is not possible from the MultiPASS Desktop Manager, but can  
be done through any application that supports the TWAIN standard.  
Chapter 1  
Introducing the MultiPASS C50  
1-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Using the MultiPASS C50 with the MultiPASS  
Desktop Manager for Windowsă  
Canon’s MultiPASS Desktop Manager for Windows allows you to use the  
MultiPASS C50’s printing, faxing, scanning, and telephone functions directly from  
your PC:  
½
½
Use the MultiPASS C50 as the default printer for Windows applications  
Send faxes from the MultiPASS C50 using any Windows application that  
allows printing  
½
½
½
Scan documents into the Desktop Manager or any Windows application that  
supports the TWAIN scanning standard  
Store an unlimited list of fax or phone numbers in a fax/telephone address  
book on your PC  
View faxes on your PC’s monitor, as well as save, rotate, or print them, or  
copy them to the PC’s clipboard  
½
½
Broadcast faxes from your PC to any number of destinations  
Attach custom cover sheets to each fax you send from the PC  
The MultiPASS Desktop Manager package also includes a utility program that  
helps you troubleshoot the interface between your computer and the MultiPASS  
C50.  
For more details on using your MultiPASS C50 with the MultiPASS Desktop  
Manager, refer to the MultiPASS Desktop Manager User’s Guide.  
The MultiPASS Desktop Manager is designed to work with Windows 95/98 only.  
1-8  
Introducing the MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Supplies and Options  
Your MultiPASS C50 uses Canon’s Bubble Jet (BJ) cartridges and ink tanks,  
print media, and optional equipment, all designed to work with your MultiPASS  
C50 to help you produce the finest output possible. These supplies are available  
from your local authorised Canon dealer.  
BJ Print Cartridges and Ink Tanks  
The MultiPASS C50 uses Canon’s BJ (Bubble Jet) cartridges to provide you with  
first-rate, crisp print and vibrant colours.  
Canon’s BJ cartridges use advanced ink formulas that dry quickly, look great on  
plain paper, are not easily affected by light, and resist smudging extremely well.  
In addition, the print heads in the BJ cartridges cap themselves automatically  
when not in use, thus saving ink by keeping the print heads from drying out.  
BJ print cartridges are also easy to maintain. If your BC-21/21e Colour BJ  
Cartridge runs out of ink, just replace the empty ink tank (black or colour). If the  
BC-20 Black Cartridge, BC-22/22e Photo Colour Cartridge, or BC-29F  
Fluorescent BJ Cartridge runs out of ink, just replace the entire cartridge.  
To avoid printing problems, use only Canon BJ print cartridges and ink tanks.  
Other cartridges can produce unsatisfactory results. In addition, use only BCI-21  
Black and BCI-21 Colour ink tanks in the BC-21/21e Colour BJ cartridge.  
Special Print Media  
You can use plain paper with the MultiPASS C50 for excellent colour, and black  
and white printing, but Canon has also developed a wide range of print media to  
extend your printing capabilities. See ”Selecting the Print Media” on page 2-37  
for detailed descriptions of these media.  
If you plan to use a print medium other than those made by Canon, be sure to  
test it in your MultiPASS C50 before ordering it in bulk. If you have any  
questions about whether a particular medium is suitable for your MultiPASS C50,  
please contact your local authorised Canon dealer.  
Chapter 1  
Introducing the MultiPASS C50  
1-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Canon Photo Kit  
Canon’s optional Photo Kit enables the MultiPASS C50 to use halftones to print  
photos beautifully. The kit includes the BC-22/22e Photo Colour BJ cartridge, the  
SB-21 BJ cartridge container, and 60 sheets of Canon high-resolution paper  
(HR-101).  
1-10  
Introducing the MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Using Your Documentation  
Your MultiPASS C50 includes the following documentation to help you learn  
how to use your unit quickly and easily:  
½
User’s Guide (this guide) – This guide provides detailed information on how  
to set up, operate, maintain, and troubleshoot your MultiPASS C50.  
½
MultiPASS Desktop Manager for Windowsă User’s Guide – This guide  
describes how to use your MultiPASS C50 to print, scan, and fax from within  
your PC’s Windows environment. Refer to this guide whenever you need  
information about printing, scanning, or faxing from your PC.  
Please note that all settings of the MultiPASS C50 can be adjusted using your  
MultiPASS Desktop Manager for Windowsă software. For details, refer to the  
MultiPASS Desktop Manager User’s Guide.  
How to Use this Guide  
To make the best use of this user’s guide in learning how to set up and operate  
your MultiPASS C50, be sure to do the following:  
½
Read this chapter to learn about the MultiPASS C50’s main features, available  
supplies and options, and guidelines on using the unit safely.  
½
Carefully follow the instructions in Chapter 2, ”Setting Up Your MultiPASS  
C50” to get your unit unpacked and assembled properly, and to learn how to  
enter information in the MultiPASS C50.  
½
½
½
Read Chapter 3 ”Speed Dialling” to learn how to register numbers for speed  
dialling, how to change them, and how to use speed dialling to send faxes.  
Read Chapters 4 through 7 to learn how to use the MultiPASS C50 to send  
and receive faxes, scan documents, make copies, and print.  
If your MultiPASS C50 begins operating improperly, use Chapter 8,  
Troubleshooting,” to try to solve the problem.  
Chapter 1  
Introducing the MultiPASS C50  
1-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
½
½
Look over Chapter 9, ”Maintaining Your MultiPASS C50” to become familiar  
with procedures for cleaning your MultiPASS C50, replacing its Bubble Jet  
(BJ) print cartridge and ink tanks.  
Refer to Appendix A for the MultiPASS C50’s technical specifications.  
If you still have questions about how to use your MultiPASS C50, please contact  
your local authorised Canon dealer or the Canon help line. They will be happy to  
answer your questions.  
Type Conventions Used in this Guide  
This guide uses the following conventions to emphasise certain information that  
will help you use your MultiPASS C50 correctly and safely:  
Cautions tell you how to avoid actions that could injure you or damage your  
MultiPASS C50.  
Notes provide advice for using your MultiPASS C50 more effectively, describe  
operating restrictions, and tell how to avoid minor operating difficulties.  
In addition, this guide uses bold capital letters to show the names of buttons and  
switches on the MultiPASS C50, such as FUNCTION, STOP, and START/  
COPY. Text that appears in the unit’s display is shown in plain capital letters:  
RECEPTION OK.  
1-12  
Introducing the MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Customer Support  
Your MultiPASS C50 is designed with the latest technology to provide trouble-  
free operation. If you have a problem with the unit’s operation, try to solve it by  
using the information in Chapter 8, ”Troubleshooting”. If you cannot solve the  
problem or if you think your MultiPASS C50 needs service, contact your local  
authorised Canon dealer or the Canon help line.  
Chapter 1  
Introducing the MultiPASS C50  
1-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Safety Instructions  
Read these safety instructions thoroughly before using your MultiPASS C50, and  
keep them handy in case you need to refer to them later.  
Except as specifically described in this manual, do not attempt to service the  
MultiPASS C50 yourself. Never attempt to disassemble the unit: opening and  
removing its interior covers will expose you to dangerous voltages and other  
risks. For all service, contact your local authorised Canon dealer or the Canon  
help line.  
½
½
Always follow all warnings and instructions marked on the MultiPASS C50.  
Use the MultiPASS C50 only on a sturdy, stable, level surface. If the  
MultiPASS C50 falls, it could be seriously damaged.  
½
½
Do not use the MultiPASS C50 near water. If you spill liquid on or into the  
unit, unplug it immediately and call your local authorised Canon dealer or  
help line.  
The back and bottom of the MultiPASS C50 include slots and openings for  
ventilation. To keep the MultiPASS C50 from overheating (which can cause it  
to operate abnormally and create a fire risk), take care not to block or cover  
these openings. Do not operate the unit on a bed, sofa, rug, or other similar  
soft surface, or near a radiator or other heat source. Do not place the  
MultiPASS C50 in a cupboard or cabinet or on shelves unless adequate  
ventilation is available. See ”Choosing a Location for Your MultiPASS C50”  
on page 2-3 for guidelines on how much space the unit needs for ventilation.  
½
Operate the MultiPASS C50 only from the type of power source indicated on  
the unit’s label. If you are not sure of the type of power available from your  
wall outlets, contact your local power company.  
½
½
Make sure the total amperage used by all devices plugged into the wall outlet  
does not exceed the ampere rating of the outlet’s circuit breaker.  
Do not allow anything to rest on the power cord or place the MultiPASS C50  
where the cord will be walked on. Make sure the cord is not knotted or  
kinked.  
1-14  
Introducing the MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
½
½
Do not insert objects of any kind into the slots or openings on the MultiPASS  
C50’s cabinet, as they could touch dangerous voltage points or short out parts,  
and result in fire or electric shock.  
Do not allow small objects (such as pins, paper clips, or staples) to fall into the  
MultiPASS C50. If something does fall into it, unplug the unit immediately  
and call your local authorised Canon dealer or help line.  
½
½
Always unplug the MultiPASS C50 before moving or cleaning it.  
Whenever you unplug the MultiPASS C50, wait at least five seconds before  
you plug it back in.  
½
½
Keep the MultiPASS C50 away from direct sunlight, as this can damage it. If  
you have to place it near a window, install heavy curtains or blinds.  
Do not expose the MultiPASS C50 to extreme temperature fluctuations.  
Install the unit in a place with temperatures in the 10g-32.5gC range.  
½
½
½
Always unplug the MultiPASS C50 during thunderstorms.  
Before you transport the MultiPASS C50, remove its BJ cartridge.  
Always lift the MultiPASS C50 as shown below. Never lift it by its sheet  
feeder or document supports.  
Chapter 1  
Introducing the MultiPASS C50  
1-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Unplug the MultiPASS C50 and contact your local authorised Canon dealer or  
the Canon help line in any of these situations:  
½
½
½
½
If the power cord or plug is damaged or frayed.  
If liquid spills into the unit, or if it is otherwise exposed to rain or liquids.  
If you notice smoke or unusual noises or odors coming from it.  
If the MultiPASS C50 does not operate normally when you follow the  
operating instructions. Adjust only those controls that are covered by the  
operating instructions in this user’s guide, or you can damage the unit and  
require extensive repair work.  
½
½
If the MultiPASS C50 is dropped or its cabinet damaged.  
If the MultiPASS C50 begins performing poorly, and you cannot correct the  
problem by using the procedures in Chapter 8, ”Troubleshooting”.  
1-16  
Introducing the MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
This chapter tells you how to unpack and assemble your MultiPASS C50, select  
and install the Bubble Jet (BJ) print cartridge, load the paper, and enter your  
user information – everything you need to know to get your MultiPASS C50  
ready to use.  
Choosing a Location for Your MultiPASS C50 ...................................................... 2-3  
Unpacking Your MultiPASS C50 .............................................................................. 2-5  
Do You Have Everything? ............................................................................. 2-5  
Removing Shipping Materials ........................................................................ 2-8  
Assembling the MultiPASS C50 ............................................................................. 2-11  
Attaching Components ................................................................................. 2-11  
Attaching the Sending Document Support .................................... 2-11  
Attaching the Document Support .................................................... 2-12  
Attaching the Output Tray Extension ............................................. 2-13  
Making Connections ................................................................................................. 2-14  
Connecting the MultiPASS C50 to Your PC .............................................. 2-14  
Connecting the Telephone Line .................................................................. 2-16  
Connecting the Optional Handset, a Telephone, or Answering  
Machine ...................................................................................................... 2-17  
Connecting the Power Cord ......................................................................... 2-18  
Getting Acquainted with Your MultiPASS C50 ................................................... 2-20  
Front View ...................................................................................................... 2-20  
Rear View ....................................................................................................... 2-21  
The Handset (Option) .................................................................................. 2-21  
Inside the Printer Cover ............................................................................... 2-22  
The Operation Panel ..................................................................................... 2-23  
Special Function Buttons .................................................................. 2-25  
Selecting and Installing a BJ Cartridge .................................................................. 2-27  
Guidelines for Using and Maintaining BJ Cartridges .............................. 2-27  
Choosing the Best Cartridge ........................................................................ 2-29  
Installing the BJ Cartridge ........................................................................... 2-31  
Storing BJ Cartridges .................................................................................... 2-36  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Selecting and Loading the Print Media ................................................................. 2-37  
Selecting the Print Media ............................................................................. 2-37  
Plain Media ......................................................................................... 2-37  
Canon Media ...................................................................................... 2-38  
The Printable Area ........................................................................................ 2-40  
Plain Paper and Special Media ......................................................... 2-40  
Envelopes ............................................................................................ 2-41  
Adjusting the Paper Thickness Lever ......................................................... 2-42  
Loading the Print Media .............................................................................. 2-44  
Loading Print Media for Automatic Feed ...................................... 2-45  
Loading Print Media for Manual Feed ........................................... 2-49  
Using Canon’s Specialty Papers .................................................................. 2-50  
Printing on High Resolution Paper HR-101 .................................. 2-50  
Printing on FS-101 Fabric Sheets ..................................................... 2-52  
Using the Paper Output Guides with the BC-22/22e and BC-29F  
Cartridges ................................................................................................... 2-53  
Entering User Information in the MultiPASS C50 .............................................. 2-54  
Guidelines for Entering Information .......................................................... 2-55  
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols ....................................... 2-56  
Editing Information ........................................................................... 2-57  
Entering Your Identification Information .................................................. 2-58  
Editing Your Identification Information ......................................... 2-60  
The MultiPASS C50 Settings ................................................................................... 2-61  
List of Settings ............................................................................................... 2-61  
General Settings ................................................................................. 2-62  
Sending Settings ................................................................................. 2-63  
Receive Settings ................................................................................. 2-65  
Speed Dialling Settings ...................................................................... 2-67  
Other Options ..................................................................................... 2-67  
The MultiPASS C50 Unit Settings .............................................................. 2-68  
Accessing the MultiPASS C50 Settings ...................................................... 2-71  
To Access the VOLUME CONTROL Settings (CALLING  
VOLUME, KEYPAD VOLUME, ALARM VOLUME,  
LINE MONITOR VOL) .............................................................. 2-71  
To Access the RX CALL LEVEL, COLOUR COPY MEDIA,  
MID PAUSE SET, and DISPLAY LANGUAGE Settings ..... 2-72  
Testing the MultiPASS C50 ..................................................................................... 2-74  
2-2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Choosing a Location for Your MultiPASS C50  
Before unpacking your MultiPASS C50, follow these guidelines to choose the  
best location for it.  
Please review the information provided in ”Safety Instructions” on page 1-14, to  
make sure you are installing your MultiPASS C50 for safe use.  
½
Put the MultiPASS C50 in a cool, dry, clean, well ventilated place:  
¼
¼
Make sure the area is free from dust.  
Make sure the location is not affected by extreme temperature changes,  
and always stays between 10g and 32.5gC.  
¼
Make sure the area’s relative humidity is always between 10% and 90%.  
½
½
Keep the MultiPASS C50 away from direct sunlight.  
If possible, put the MultiPASS C50 near an existing telephone outlet, to avoid  
the expense of installing a new one.  
½
½
Place the unit near a standard 200-240 VAC power outlet.  
Place the MultiPASS C50 near the PC you will be connecting it to. Make sure  
you can reach it easily, as you will be using it as a printer, fax machine, copier,  
scanner, and telephone.  
½
Do not plug the MultiPASS C50 into the same circuit as an appliance such as  
an air conditioner, electric typewriter, television, or copier. Such devices  
generate electrical noise that can interfere with your MultiPASS C50’s ability  
to send or receive faxes.  
½
½
Set the MultiPASS C50 on a flat, stable, vibration-free surface that is strong  
enough to support its weight (about 5.6 kg).  
Make sure the location you choose provides enough space around the  
MultiPASS C50 for adequate ventilation, and to allow paper to flow freely  
into and out of the unit. The figure below shows the minimum space required  
for the unit.  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
618 mm  
365 mm  
If you need help installing your MultiPASS C50 or have any questions about it,  
please contact your local authorised Canon dealer or service centre.  
2-4  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Unpacking Your MultiPASS C50  
Follow the directions below to unpack your MultiPASS C50 properly, and to  
make sure you have all of its components and documentation.  
Do You Have Everything?  
As you unpack the MultiPASS C50, save the carton and packing material in case  
you want to move or ship the unit in the future.  
1. Carefully remove all items from the box. You should have someone help by  
holding the box while you lift the MultiPASS C50 and its protective  
packaging out of the carton.  
PARALLEL CABLE  
FERRITE CORE  
TELEPHONE LINE  
POWER CORD  
BC-20 BLACK BJ  
CARTRIDGE  
MultiPASS C50 USER’S GUIDE  
MULTIPASS DESKTOP MANAGER FOR  
WINDOWSă PACKAGE  
DOCUMENT  
SUPPORT FOR  
SCANNED  
DOCUMENTS  
BC-21/21e COLOUR BJ CARTRIDGE  
SB-21 BJ CARTRIDGE CONTAINER  
OUTPUT TRAY  
EXTENSION  
SENDING  
DOCUMENT  
SUPPORT  
MultiPASS C50 UNIT  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2. Make sure you have the following items:  
MultiPASS C50 UNIT  
SENDING DOCUMENT  
SUPPORT  
DOCUMENT SUPPORT  
FOR SCANNED  
DOCUMENTS  
OUTPUT TRAY  
EXTENSION  
POWER CORD*  
PARALLEL CABLE  
TELEPHONE LINE**  
FERRITE CORE  
BC-20 BLACK BJ CARTRIDGE  
BC-21/22e COLOUR BJ  
CARTRIDGE  
SB-21 BJ CARTRIDGE  
CONTAINER  
MultiPASS C50 USER’S GUIDE  
(This book)  
DESKTOP MANAGER FOR  
WINDOWSă SOFTWARE AND  
PRINTER DRIVER CD-ROM  
DESKTOP MANAGER FOR  
WINDOWSă SOFTWARE  
USER’S GUIDE  
*The shape of the power cord varies depending on the country of purchase.  
**The shape of the telephone line varies depending on the country of purchase.  
2-6  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
½
If any of the above items are damaged or missing, notify your Canon dealer  
immediately.  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Removing Shipping Materials  
When unpacking your MultiPASS C50, remove the tape and cardboard that are  
inserted into the unit to protect it during shipping. Do this as follows:  
1. Remove all pieces of shipping tape from the outside of the MultiPASS C50.  
2. Remove the shipping tape and protective cardboard from the sheet feeder.  
2-8  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. Open the operation panel by grasping it with both hands and gently pulling it  
toward you.  
4. Remove the soft styrofoam sheet from the unit’s Automatic Document  
Feeder (ADF), then gently push the operation panel shut until it clicks.  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. Peel the clear protective sheet off of the LCD display.  
2-10  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Assembling the MultiPASS C50  
Use the following instructions to assemble your MultiPASS C50 main unit and  
components. To see how the MultiPASS C50 will look fully assembled, see  
”Getting Acquainted with Your MultiPASS C50” on page 2-20.  
Attaching Components  
Attaching the Sending Document Support  
The sending document support holds documents as they feed into the Automatic  
Document Feeder (ADF).  
To install this support, insert one of its tabs into the corresponding slot above the  
MultiPASS C50’s Automatic Document Feeder (ADF), then – firmly but gently –  
insert the other.  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Attaching the Document Support  
The document support catches documents as they come out of the MultiPASS  
C50 after being faxed or scanned. You can operate the MultiPASS C50 with or  
without this support.  
The ends of the metal support fit into the slots on the front of the MultiPASS  
C50, as shown below. To install it, slightly squeeze the ends of the support toward  
each other, insert them in the slots, and gently release them. Then slide the  
support into the unit until it clicks in position.  
When the support is installed, you can pull it out or push it in to suit the size of  
the document.  
½
½
When inserting the document support, make sure that it curves upwards, as  
shown in the figures above.  
If you do not wish to use the support, you can remove it completely.  
2-12  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Attaching the Output Tray Extension  
The output tray extension catches printed pages as they come out of the  
MultiPASS C50’s output tray.  
The ends of the metal support fit into the slots on the output tray, as shown  
below. To install it, squeeze the ends of the support toward each other, insert  
them into the slots, and gently release them.  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Making Connections  
Connecting the MultiPASS C50 to Your PC  
Your MultiPASS C50 has an 8-bit, bi-directional parallel interface port that  
allows you to connect it to your PC.  
Use the parallel cable and ferrite core provided with your MultiPASS C50. If you  
plan to use a cable or ferrite core other than those provided, make sure they are  
IEEE 1284 compliant and that the cable is preferably no longer than two metres.  
Connect the MultiPASS C50 to your computer as follows:  
1. Make sure the computer is turned off and the MultiPASS C50 is unplugged.  
2. Connect the parallel cable to your MultiPASS C50:  
a. Align the cable connector with the interface port so their shapes match.  
b. Gently press the cable connector into the port.  
c. Secure the cable connector by snapping both wire clips (on the sides of the  
port) into the cable connector, as shown below.  
2-14  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. Open the ferrite core and attach it to the parallel cable near the end closest to  
the MultiPASS C50 unit.  
4. Connect the other end of the cable to the parallel interface port on your  
computer.  
a. Align the cable connector with the interface port so their shapes match.  
b. Gently press the cable connector into the port.  
c. Secure the cable connector by snapping both wire clips (on the sides of the  
port) into the cable connector.  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Connecting the Telephone Line  
Connect the MultiPASS C50 to a telephone line as follows:  
1. Connect one end of the supplied telephone line to the jack marked on the  
side of the MultiPASS C50.  
2. Connect the other end of the line to your wall telephone jack.  
2-16  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Connecting the Optional Handset, Extension Phone or  
Answering Machine  
To use your MultiPASS C50 to make or receive normal telephone calls, you must  
connect the optional handset or an extension telephone. You can also attach an  
answering machine (with or without an extension telephone).  
Do this by connecting the line from the optional handset, extension phone or  
answering machine into the jack marked  
on the side of the MultiPASS C50.  
½
½
If you connect an answering machine to the MultiPASS C50, be sure to read  
”Using an Answering Machine: ANS. MACHINE MODE” on page 5-9.  
Before using your MultiPASS C50, be sure to connect the optional handset,  
telephone or answering machine to the unit.  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Connecting the Power Cord  
Follow these guidelines when connecting your MultiPASS C50 to a power source:  
½
The MultiPASS C50 is intended for domestic use only and requires 200-240 V  
AC. Do not use it outside the country where it was purchased.  
½
Use only the power cord that came with the unit. Using a longer cord or  
extension cord can cause the MultiPASS C50 to malfunction.  
½
½
Unplug the unit only by pulling on the plug itself. Never pull on the cord.  
Do not plug the MultiPASS C50 into an outlet shared with an appliance such  
as an air conditioner, computer, electric typewriter, or copier. These devices  
generate electrical noise, which can interfere with the MultiPASS C50’s  
operation.  
½
½
Make sure nothing is laying on the power cord, and that the cord cannot be  
walked on or tripped over.  
Do not overload the electrical outlet. Make sure the total amperage used by  
all the machines plugged into the outlet does not exceed the ampere rating of  
the outlet’s circuit breaker.  
½
Make sure the operation panel of the MultiPASS C50 is properly closed, and  
that there are no documents in this area.  
Connect the power cord as follows:  
1. Plug the supplied power cord into the power receptacle on the MultiPASS  
C50.  
2-18  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2. Plug the other end of the power cord into the outlet.  
The MultiPASS C50 has no power switch, so its power is on as long as it is  
plugged in. Once connected, though, the unit still needs to warm up before you  
can use it. Depending on the number of pages accumulated in its memory, the  
MultiPASS C50 can take up to four minutes to warm up.  
½
While the MultiPASS C50 is warming up, the message PLEASE WAIT  
appears in the LCD display:  
PLEASE WAIT  
½
When the time and receive mode appear, the MultiPASS C50 is in standby  
mode and ready for use:  
13:30  
FaxOnly  
If the BJ cartridge has not been installed yet, the message PUT IN  
CARTRIDGE alternates with the standby mode display:  
PUT IN CARTRIDGE  
13:30  
FaxOnly  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Getting Acquainted with Your MultiPASS C50  
Before using your MultiPASS C50, look over the diagrams on these pages to  
become familiar with the unit’s components and their functions.  
Front View  
Paper Rest  
Sending Document Support  
Paper Guide  
Automatic Document Feeder  
(ADF)  
Sheet Feeder  
Printer Cover  
Document Guides  
Operation Panel  
Document Support For Scanned  
Documents  
Output Tray  
Output Tray Extension  
Paper Output Guides  
2-20  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Rear View  
Telephone  
Line Jack  
Optional  
Handset/  
Telephone/  
Answering  
Machine Jack  
Power Connector  
Manual Feeder  
Bi-Directional Parallel Port  
The Handset (Option)  
For a description of the optional handset components, see Appendix B.  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Inside the Printer Cover  
Paper Thickness Lever  
Cartridge Holder  
2-22  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
The Operation Panel  
» LCD Display  
¿ Resolution  
´ One-Touch Speed Dial/  
Special Function Buttons  
· Receive Mode  
³ Document Feed Lever  
ABC  
DEF  
1
2
3
MNO  
GHI  
JKL  
FUNCTION  
CARTRIDGE RESUME  
4
5
6
WXYZ  
PQRS  
TUV  
/PAUSE  
RECEIVE MODE RESOLUTION  
ALARM  
1
4
2
3
PRINTER  
RESET  
7
8
9
CODED DIAL  
5
TONE/+  
6
D.T.  
R
0
² Numeric Buttons  
Redial/Pause  
¸ Stop  
µ Alarm  
º Coded Dial  
¾ Start/Copy  
³ Document feed lever  
Set this lever to the left ( ) for automatic document feed, or to the right ( )  
for manual document feed.  
· RECEIVE MODE button  
Use this button to select whether the MultiPASS C50 is set to receive faxes  
manually (”MANUAL MODE”), to treat all calls as faxes (”FAX ONLY  
MODE”), to use an answering machine to receive all calls (”ANS.  
MACHINE MODE”), or to automatically switch between telephone and fax  
receiving, depending on the type of call (”Fax/Tel Mode”).  
» LCD display  
This displays messages and prompts during operation, and displays selections,  
text, numbers, and names when registering information.  
¿ RESOLUTION button  
Press this button to select the resolution the MultiPASS C50 will use for the  
document you want to fax, copy, or scan.  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
´ One-Touch Speed Dial/Special Function buttons  
Use these buttons for one-touch speed dialling, entering user information, and  
to perform special operations. See pages 2-25 and 2-26 for details on the  
special function buttons.  
² Numeric buttons  
Use these buttons to type numbers and names when entering information, and  
to dial fax/telephone numbers that are not registered for automatic dialling.  
(REDIAL)/PAUSE button  
Press this button to redial the last number that was dialled using the number  
buttons, or to enter pauses between digits when dialling fax numbers.  
º CODED DIAL button  
Press this button (followed by entering a two-digit code with the numeric  
buttons) to dial a fax number that you have registered for coded speed  
dialling.  
¾
(START/COPY) button  
Press this button to begin sending, receiving, scanning, or other operations, or  
to select functions when registering information.  
µ ALARM lamp  
This lamp flashes when an error occurs, when the MultiPASS C50 is out of  
paper or ink.  
¸
(STOP) button  
Press this button to cancel sending, receiving, or any other operation.  
2-24  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Special Function Buttons  
FUNCTION  
CARTRIDGE RESUME  
1
2
3
PRINTER  
RESET  
4
5
TONE/+  
6
D.T.  
R
½
½
FUNCTION button  
Use this button to access different functions, such as when entering user  
information, running the MultiPASS C50’s self-cleaning process, checking the  
nozzles, or printing faxes stored in the MultiPASS C50’s memory. Also, use  
this button to enable access to some of the special function buttons described  
below.  
CARTRIDGE button  
Press this button to release the MultiPASS C50’s BJ cartridge holder to its  
centre position for installing or replacing the cartridge. (Press again after  
installing the cartridge to return the cartridge holder back to its home  
position.)  
½
½
RESUME button  
Press this button when you want to form-feed paper when printing.  
Arrow buttons ( , ) 1 and 2  
Use these buttons to scroll through menu selections or to move the cursor  
when registering data.  
½
½
PRINTER RESET button 3  
Press this button to reset the MultiPASS C50 if your PC crashes. This will  
maintain all the faxes currently in memory. Do not unplug the MultiPASS C50  
to reset the unit or the faxes in memory will be lost.  
TONE/+ button 4  
Press this button to switch to tone dialling temporarily when your unit is set  
for pulse dialling. See page 4-24 for details. Press also to enter a + sign when  
registering your fax/telephone number.  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
½
½
D.T. button 5  
Press this button to confirm the dial tone when dialling a telephone/fax  
number. See page 4-23 for details.  
R button 6  
Press this button to dial the outside line number when the unit is connected  
through a switchboard (PBX). See page 4-20 for details.  
2-26  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Selecting and Installing a BJ Cartridge  
Canon offers a number of Bubble Jet (BJ) cartridges to meet a wide range of  
printing requirements. This section describes how to select the best BJ cartridge  
for your needs, as well as how to install and maintain the cartridge.  
The MultiPASS C50 comes with one BC-20 Black BJ cartridge and one BC-21 or  
BC-21e Colour BJ cartridge.  
Guidelines for Using and Maintaining BJ Cartridges  
The most important thing you can do to ensure the best possible print quality, as  
well as extend the life of your MultiPASS C50, is to take care of the MultiPASS  
C50’s BJ cartridges following these guidelines:  
½
½
½
Store cartridges at room temperature.  
Keep cartridges in their sealed containers until you are ready to use them.  
Install the cartridge immediately after removing its print head cap and  
protective tape.  
½
½
Always use the cartridge within one year of unpacking it.  
When changing cartridges, always store the unused cartridge in the SB-21 BJ  
cartridge container that comes with the MultiPASS C50.  
½
Do not remove the cartridge from the MultiPASS C50 unless necessary.  
The ink in the BJ cartridges is difficult to clean up if spilled. To avoid spilling ink,  
always be sure to follow these precautions when handling the cartridges:  
½
½
½
Do not attempt to disassemble or refill the cartridge.  
Do not shake or drop the cartridge, or tip the print head downwards.  
Keep BJ cartridges out of children’s reach.  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hold the BJ cartridge by its sides only. Do not touch the print head, the sharp  
edges around the print head, the silver plate on the bottom of the cartridge, or  
the silver metal or circuit area on its side.  
PRINT HEAD  
½
½
Make sure the BJ cartridge holder is in its home position (on the right side of  
the unit) when you are not using the MultiPASS C50. If it is not in its home  
position, press the CARTRIDGE button. Leaving it out of its home position  
will dry out the print head on the cartridge.  
Clean the print head when print quality is no longer satisfactory. See  
”Cleaning and Testing the BJ Cartridge Print Head” on page 9-9 for  
instructions. If the print quality does not improve after five consecutive  
cleanings, replace the ink tank or BJ cartridge.  
½
½
½
Do not use a BC-21/21e Colour BJ cartridge with either of its ink tanks  
missing. Doing so can cause it to clog.  
Do not remove the ink tanks from the BC-21/21e Colour BJ cartridge  
unnecessarily, or the ink in them may clog.  
Never attempt to refill an empty cartridge.  
2-28  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Choosing the Best Cartridge  
Canon offers several BJ print cartridges and ink tanks for use in the MultiPASS  
C50. (BJ print cartridges contain the BJ print head and ink, while BJ ink tanks  
contain only ink.) Use the following descriptions to decide which type of  
cartridge best suits your particular needs.  
To avoid printing problems, use only the BC-20 or BC-21/21e BJ cartridges for  
normal printing. The BC-22/22e Photo Colour BJ Cartridge (sold separately) is  
for printing photo-realistic colour images. Other cartridges can produce  
unsatisfactory results. In addition, use only BCI-21 Black and BCI-21 Colour ink  
tanks in the BC-21/21e Colour BJ cartridge.  
BC-20 Black BJ Cartridge  
This cartridge incorporates a BJ print head and black ink in  
a single unit. The BC-20 can be used if most of your  
printing is black, e.g. for receiving faxes, making copies, and  
monochrome printing. It can print twice as fast as a colour  
cartridge, and at higher resolution.  
BC-21/21e Colour BJ Cartridge  
The BC-21/21e incorporates a BJ print head and two  
Cartridge  
Ink  
BCl-21  
Color  
Cartridge  
Ink  
BCl-21  
Black  
replaceable ink tanks (a BCI-21 Black and a BCI-21  
Colour). Use this cartridge when printing in colour.  
Color BJ  
Cartridge  
Made in Japan  
BC-21  
BCI-21 Black ink tank  
Purchase this ink tank from your local Canon dealer as the  
black ink runs out of the BC-21/21e Colour BJ cartridge.  
CartrIidngke  
BCl-21  
Black  
Made in  
Japan  
BCI-21 Colour ink tank  
Purchase this ink tank from your local Canon dealer as the  
colour ink runs out of the BC-21/21e Colour BJ cartridge.  
CartrIidngke  
BCl-21  
Color  
Made in  
Japan  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
BC-22/22e Photo Colour BJ Cartridge  
Includes the print head and colour ink in a single unit. Use  
this cartridge for printing photo-realistic colour images.  
BC-29F Fluorescent BJ Cartridge  
BC-29F  
Includes the print head and colour ink in a single unit. Use  
this cartridge for printing bright, attractive fluorescent  
colours. For optimum print quality, use High Resolution  
Paper HR-101.  
The MultiPASS C50 cannot print incoming faxes or make copies while the  
BC-22/22e or BC-29F cartridge is installed. This is an ink-saving feature: because  
the BC-22/22e and BC-29F are single units (and do not have ink tanks that can  
be replaced separately), using them to print faxes will use the black ink faster,  
using up the cartridges while they still have a considerable amount of colour ink  
remaining.  
SB-21 BJ Cartridge Container  
Use the SB-21 to store an extra BJ cartridge in a  
convenient location, while keeping it from drying out.  
2-30  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installing the BJ Cartridge  
To install your BJ cartridge, follow these steps:  
1. Make sure the MultiPASS C50 is plugged in.  
CARTRIDGE  
2. Press CARTRIDGE.  
½
The cartridge holder moves toward the centre of the unit.  
3. Open the printer cover by grasping the document guides and lifting.  
½
½
Do not try to manually move or stop the cartridge holder, or you may damage  
the MultiPASS C50.  
Do not touch the ribbon cable, the small circuit board, the guide rail or the  
round shaft.  
CIRCUIT BOARD  
GUIDE RAIL  
ROUND SHAFT  
RIBBON CABLE  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
½
Hold the BJ cartridge by its sides only. Do not touch the print head, the sharp  
edges around the print head, the silver plate on the bottom of the cartridge, or  
the silver metal or circuit area on its side.  
PRINT HEAD  
4. Raise the green cartridge lock lever (on the cartridge holder) by gently  
pulling up on it.  
DO NOT TOUCH THE  
GUIDE RAIL  
DO NOT TOUCH THE  
RIBBON CABLE  
DO NOT TOUCH THE  
ROUND SHAFT  
2-32  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. Peel the protective foil off the new BJ cartridge’s protective packaging, and  
remove the cartridge.  
6. Lift the orange cap off the cartridge’s print head, then remove the orange  
tape.  
Discard the cap and tape immediately. Never attempt to re-attach the cap or tape  
to the print head, or you can adversely affect the ink flow or quality of the ink  
colour.  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7. Hold the cartridge so the label faces outward, tilt it slightly forward and to  
the right, then slide it into the cartridge holder.  
DO NOT TOUCH THE  
GUIDE RAIL  
DO NOT TOUCH THE  
RIBBON CABLE  
DO NOT TOUCH THE  
ROUND SHAFT  
8. Lower the green lock lever completely. The BJ cartridge is now locked into  
position.  
Do not try to manually move or stop the cartridge holder, or you may damage  
the MultiPASS C50.  
2-34  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9. Set the paper thickness lever. For printing on plain paper:  
Cartridge  
Thickness Lever Position  
centre  
BC-21/21e Colour BJ Cartridge (black)  
BC-21/21e Colour BJ Cartridge (colour) centre  
BC-20 Black BJ Cartridge  
left  
BC-22/22e Photo Colour BJ Cartridge  
BC-29F Fluorescent BJ Cartridge  
centre  
centre  
See page 2-42 for more information on paper thickness settings.  
10. Close the printer cover.  
CARTRIDGE  
11. Press CARTRIDGE.  
½
The MultiPASS C50 beeps twice, and the cartridge holder moves to its  
home position on the right side of the unit.  
½
Once the cartridge holder is in its home position, the unit automatically  
cleans the print head.  
Unplug the MultiPASS C50 only when it is in standby mode (time and receiving  
mode show in the LCD display). Do not unplug the MultiPASS C50 when the  
cartridge holder is not in its home position on the right. If you unplug the unit  
while it is printing, or move the cartridge holder from its home position, the  
cartridge will not be capped and can dry out.  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Storing BJ Cartridges  
Once a BJ cartridge is unwrapped, its print head must be kept from drying out,  
or it can clog and fail to work properly. A cartridge installed in the MultiPASS  
C50 is protected from drying out by automatically moving to the home position  
at the right side of the unit and capping itself.  
If you remove a partially used BJ cartridge from the MultiPASS C50, store it in  
the SB-21 BJ cartridge container that came with your unit.  
1. Insert the cartridge in the container with the cartridge’s label facing forward,  
and the print head down.  
Color Slot  
Black Slot  
Ink  
Cartridge  
BCl-21  
Color  
Ink  
Cartridge  
BCl-21  
Black  
Made in  
Japan  
Made in  
Japan  
Color BJ  
Cartridge  
Made in Japan  
BC-21  
2. Close the container lid, and snap it shut.  
2-36  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Selecting and Loading the Print Media  
The MultiPASS C50 can provide sharp black or vibrant colour printing on a wide  
variety of media, including A4, letter, and legal plain paper, glossy paper,  
envelopes, transparencies, back print film (for display on a backlit device), and  
fabric sheets.  
Whenever you change the size of the paper in the MultiPASS C50, you must also  
use the MultiPASS Desktop Manager to set the MultiPASS C50 to use the new  
size. For instructions, see the MultiPASS Desktop Manager User’s Guide.  
Selecting the Print Media  
The following describes a variety of media you can use with your MultiPASS C50.  
Be sure to test the medium you intend to use before ordering it in bulk. If you  
have any questions about whether a particular medium is suitable for your  
MultiPASS C50, please contact your local authorised Canon dealer. For complete  
paper specifications, see ”Printer” on page A-6.  
Please note that not all print media mentioned here may be available in your  
country. Contact your local authorised Canon dealer for more information on  
product availability.  
Plain Media  
Plain paper  
The MultiPASS C50 produces letter-quality print on most plain bond paper,  
including cotton bond and photocopy paper. It can use A4, letter, or legal sizes.  
The paper must be less than 0.2 mm thick, and have a weight of 64-90 g/m2.  
You can also use paper weighing 90-105 g/m2 by manually feeding sheets, one at a  
time.  
Envelopes  
The MultiPASS C50 can print on European DL (220 × 110 mm) and U.S.  
Commercial No. 10 (9.5 × 4.1 inches) envelopes.  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Canon Media  
Canon provides the following media, all specifically developed to extend the  
printing capability of your MultiPASS C50. For details or purchase, contact your  
local authorised Canon dealer.  
Canon Bubble Jet Paper LC-301 (water resistant)  
This water-resistant paper is specially developed for colour printing with Canon  
Colour BJ printers such as the MultiPASS C50. Images printed on LC-301 paper  
are bright and vivid, and will not run if liquid is spilled on them. Images printed  
on this paper stand up to normal office highlighters, unlike images printed on  
other papers.  
Canon High-Resolution Paper HR-101  
This paper is designed to produce near-photographic quality print output, with  
sharp, vivid graphics and photographs. You must use this paper when printing  
with the BC-22/22e Photo Colour BJ Cartridge. When using HR-101 paper, be  
sure to print on the whiter side of the sheets, and after printing a pack of this  
paper, use the cleaning sheet provided with it to clean the printer roller.  
Canon Transparencies CF-102  
These overhead transparencies are specially designed for Canon BJ colour  
printers. Use these clear transparencies to produce crisp and professional  
overhead presentations. Do not use normal transparencies in the MultiPASS C50,  
as they do not absorb ink and can cause the ink to run.  
Canon Back Print Film BF-102  
This unique mylar-based translucent sheet allows you to print high-quality colour  
output – including photographs and graphics – that you can view with a rear  
illumination device such as a light box. This gives you sharp, bright, vivid images  
you can use in meetings, trade shows, and other presentations.  
If you are printing from an application outside Windows, your application or  
printer driver must support mirror image printing in order to use back print film.  
2-38  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Canon High-Gloss Film HG-101  
This is a high-grade gloss film that lets you create sharper and more vivid colour  
output than is possible with coated paper. This film provides the best colour print  
quality for the BC-21/21e Colour BJ cartridge. Use this film for trade show  
displays or other special presentations, and when printing at 720 × 360 dpi  
resolution.  
Fabric Sheets FS-101  
These white cotton fabric sheets are specifically designed for Canon BJ Colour  
printers, and enable you to print your own designs for cross stitch, pillows,  
holiday stockings, and other craft projects.  
T-Shirt Transfers TR-101  
This special sheet allows you to print your own designs and transfer them to any  
cotton or cotton/polyester blend t-shirt, sweatshirt, apron, tote bag, or other  
fabric item.  
Be sure to select Back Print Film Option when printing on the TR-101 T-Shirt  
Transfers. See the MultiPASS Desktop Manager User’s Guide for instructions.  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
The Printable Area  
To ensure the best print quality, make sure the text or graphics you create stay  
within the printable areas shown below. If not, you can get poor print quality or  
line feeding problems. (For example, printing outside the bottom margin can  
produce stains on the bottom edge of the medium.)  
Plain Paper and Special Media  
The shaded area in the figure below shows the printable area for papers.  
a
b
b
d
c
e
Printable Area:  
A4 size  
Letter size  
Legal size  
a
b
c
210 mm  
3.4 mm  
297 mm  
3.0 mm  
7.0 mm  
a
b
c
8.5Ș  
a
b
c
8.5Ș  
0.25Ș  
11.0Ș  
0.12Ș  
0.27Ș  
0.25Ș  
14.0Ș  
0.12Ș  
0.27Ș  
d
e
d
e
d
e
2-40  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Envelopes  
The shaded portion below shows the printable area for envelopes.  
a
b
c
e
d
f
Printable Area:  
European DL  
U.S. Commercial No. 10  
a
b
c
d
e
f
220 mm  
6.4 mm  
10.4 mm  
110 mm  
3.0 mm  
7.0 mm  
a
b
c
d
e
f
9.5Ș  
0.25Ș  
1.2Ș  
4.1Ș  
0.12Ș  
0.27Ș  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Adjusting the Paper Thickness Lever  
Before loading a print medium into the MultiPASS C50, use the paper thickness  
lever to adjust the gap between the print head and the print paper to suit the  
paper’s thickness.  
If the gap between the print head and the paper is not adjusted properly,  
smudging or otherwise poor print quality can result.  
Set the paper thickness lever as follows:  
CARTRIDGE  
1. Press CARTRIDGE to move the cartridge holder to the centre of the unit.  
2. Open the printer cover by grasping the document guides and lifting.  
DO NOT TOUCH THE RIBBON  
CABLE  
DO NOT TOUCH THE GUIDE  
RAIL  
DO NOT TOUCH THE ROUND  
SHAFT  
Do not try to move or stop the cartridge holder manually, or you may damage the  
MultiPASS C50.  
2-42  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. Set the paper thickness lever to left, centre, or right according to the  
following table:  
Lever position  
Black  
Left  
Medium  
Plain paper  
LC-301 water resistant paper  
Envelopes  
Colour  
Centre  
Centre  
Left  
Right  
HR-101 high-resolution paper  
GP-101 glossy paper  
CF-102 transparencies  
BF-102 back print film  
HG-101 high-gloss film  
FS-101 fabric sheet  
TR-101 T-shirt transfers  
Centre  
Centre  
Centre  
Centre  
Centre  
Right  
Right  
DO NOT TOUCH THE RIBBON  
CABLE  
DO NOT TOUCH THE GUIDE  
RAIL  
DO NOT TOUCH THE ROUND  
SHAFT  
Do not try to manually move or stop the cartridge holder, or you may damage  
the MultiPASS C50.  
4. Close the printer cover.  
CARTRIDGE  
5. Press CARTRIDGE again to move the cartridge holder back to its home  
position.  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Loading the Print Media  
Keep the following in mind when selecting or loading media for your MultiPASS  
C50:  
½
You can stack plain paper, envelopes, and other media in the MultiPASS  
C50’s sheet feeder. The maximum size of the stack depends on the medium:  
Medium  
Plain paper  
Maximum stack size  
100 sheets  
(maximum 10 mm stack height)  
10 envelopes  
Envelopes  
Transparencies  
Back print film  
50 sheets  
10 sheets  
½
½
To avoid paper jams and poor print quality, never try to print on damp, curled,  
wrinkled, or torn paper.  
Store paper and other media flat, and leave it in its wrapper until you are  
ready to use it. Store unused paper from opened packs in the original packing  
in a cool, dry location.  
½
½
Store paper at 18g-24gC, 40%-60% relative humidity.  
If you have trouble with sheets skewing, double-feeding, or jamming when  
using coated paper, transparencies, or back print film in the sheet feeder, use  
manual feeding instead. (These problems are more common at cooler  
temperatures.)  
½
Let the paper run out before you refill the sheet feeder. Avoid mixing ”new”  
paper with paper remaining in the sheet feeder.  
½
½
Use cut-sheet paper only, not paper that comes on a roll (like fax paper).  
When using graph paper, the lines may not match because the 4.23 mm line  
spacing of the MultiPASS C50 is slightly less than that of graph paper.  
½
½
If the print density of your page is very high, light paper stock may curl  
slightly due to the large amount of ink. If you need to print dense graphics, try  
printing on heavier stock.  
Do not use paper that is thicker than specified for the MultiPASS C50.  
Printing with a paper that is thick enough to come in contact with the print  
head nozzles may damage the BJ cartridge. For complete paper specifications,  
see ”Printer” on page A-6.  
2-44  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Loading Print Media for Automatic Feed  
The MultiPASS C50’s sheet feeder can handle media of the following sizes:  
Paper size:  
A4  
210 × 297 mm  
8.5Ș × 11Ș  
Letter  
Legal  
8.5Ș × 14Ș  
Envelope size: European DL envelopes  
220 × 110 mm  
U.S. Commercial No. 10 envelopes 9.5Ș × 4.1Ș  
64-90 g/m2  
Paper weight:  
Paper or other media  
Use the following procedure to load plain paper, CF-102 transparencies, BF-102  
back print film, or HR-101 high-resolution paper into the MultiPASS C50’s sheet  
feeder. (Instructions for other media are given in the following pages.)  
1. Open the printer cover by grasping the document guides and lifting.  
½
Make sure the paper thickness lever is set properly for the type of media  
you are using. See ”Adjusting the Paper Thickness Lever” on page 2-42.  
To avoid paper jams, smearing, or other problems, never open the printer cover  
to set the thickness lever, while the MultiPASS C50 is printing.  
2. Pull the paper rest up until it stops.  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. Pick up a stack of sheets and fan the edge that will feed into the MultiPASS  
C50 first, then tap the stack on a flat surface to even its edges.  
4. Insert the stack into the sheet feeder until its stops, so that the right edge of  
the stack is aligned with the right side of the sheet feeder.  
2-46  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Make sure the top of the stack is below the paper limit mark  
.
PAPER LIMIT MARK  
5. Slide the paper guide snugly against the sides of the stack. You are now ready  
to print.  
½
½
Many media have a ”right” side for printing. If you are using such a medium,  
make sure you set it in the sheet feeder with the print side facing upward:  
BF-102 back print film:  
matte side up  
HR-101 high-resolution paper: lighter side up  
After printing a pack of HR-101 high-resolution paper, be sure to use the  
provided cleaning sheet to clean the MultiPASS C50’s printer roller, see  
”Printing on High Resolution Paper HR-101” on page 2-50.  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Glossy paper  
Use the following procedure to load GP-101 glossy paper.  
For best results, load only one sheet of glossy paper into the sheet feeder at a  
time.  
1. Open the printer cover by grasping the document guides and lifting.  
½
Make sure the paper thickness lever is set to the centre. See ”Adjusting  
the Paper Thickness Lever” on page 2-42.  
2. Close the printer cover.  
3. Pull the paper rest up until it stops.  
4. Insert a sheet of glossy paper – with the glossy side facing up – into the sheet  
feeder until it stops, and align the paper guide with the edge of the sheet.  
2-48  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Loading Print Media for Manual Feed  
Follow the steps below to manually feed heavier-weight media (90-105 g/m2) into  
the MultiPASS C50.  
You will need to select manual feed from the print dialog box of your Windows  
application before printing. (See the MultiPASS Desktop Manager User’s Guide  
for instructions.) Load the sheet when the dialog box prompts you to do so. If  
you attempt to load the sheet without selecting manual feed, the sheet will be  
ejected.  
1. Open the printer cover by grasping the document guides and lifting.  
½
Make sure the paper thickness lever is set properly for the type of media  
you are using. See ”Adjusting the Paper Thickness Lever” on page 2-42.  
2. Hold the sheet with its print side facing upward, and align the sheet with the  
left edge of the manual feeder (located at the back of the unit).  
3. Insert the sheet until it stops, and continue to hold the sheet until the  
MultiPASS C50 ”grabs” the sheet and pulls it in to the proper position.  
4. After the sheet is loaded, open the printer cover and make sure the sheet is  
set straight. If necessary, pull the sheet out and load it again.  
5. Close the printer cover.  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Using Canon’s Specialty Papers  
Canon provides several different specialty papers you can use with your  
MultiPASS C50.  
Printing on High Resolution Paper HR-101  
Use the following procedure to load High Resolution Paper HR-101:  
1. Open the printer cover by grasping the document guides and lifting.  
½
Make sure the paper thickness lever is set to the centre. See ”Adjusting  
the Paper Thickness Lever” on page 2-42.  
2. Close the printer cover.  
3. Pull the paper rest up until it stops.  
4. Load the paper into the sheet feeder as described in ”Loading Print Media  
for Automatic Feed” on page 2-45.  
5. Raise the output guides as described in ”Using the Paper Output Guides with  
the BC-22/22e and BC-29F Cartridges” on page 2-53.  
6. When you are finished printing, remove the remainder of the HR-101 paper  
from the sheet feeder.  
Using the Cleaning sheet (included in the HR-101 package)  
The HR-101 package includes a cleaning sheet used to clean the MultiPASS C50  
rollers. Use this sheet after printing on 100 sheets (the contents of the package).  
1. Remove the covers of the two pieces of tape on the cleaning sheet.  
2-50  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2. With the sticky side up and near the bottom of the cleaning sheet, align the  
sheet with the right edge of the sheet feeder and slide it in until it stops.  
3. Adjust the paper guide to the edge of the cleaning sheet.  
4. Press FUNCTION, then use or to select ROLLER CLEANING.  
FUNCTION  
½
The cleaning sheet is fed into the MultiPASS C50. The cleaning procedure  
is completed when the sheet comes out of the unit.  
1
2
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing on FS-101 Fabric Sheets  
Follow these steps to load and print on Canon’s FS-101 fabric sheets.  
½
½
½
Read and follow the precautions and handling instructions included with the  
FS-101 fabric sheets.  
Do not use the fixing agent that is supplied with the FS-101 fabric sheet. This  
agent is not needed when printing with the MultiPASS C50.  
Do not touch the printing on a newly printed fabric sheet until the ink has  
dried completely (normally about an hour).  
1. Open the printer cover by grasping the document guides and lifting.  
½
Make sure the paper thickness lever is set to the right. See ”Adjusting the  
Paper Thickness Lever” on page 2-42.  
2. With the cloth side facing you and the open end up, insert one sheet into the  
sheet feeder until it stops, and align the paper guide with the edge of the  
sheet. You are now ready to print.  
OPEN END AT THE TOP  
2-52  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Using the Paper Output Guides with the BC-22/22e and  
BC-29F Cartridges  
When printing with the BC-22/22e Photo Colour or BC-29F BJ Fluorescent  
cartridge on HR-101 high-resolution paper, you should use the guides on the  
MultiPASS C50’s paper output tray to help support the document as it exits the  
unit. This will keep the sheet from sagging and pulling through the unit as it exits,  
which can lead to poor print quality.  
1. Raise both paper output guides until they are vertical.  
½
½
Always raise both paper output guides.  
Always use the paper output guides when printing on HR-101 high resolution  
paper, even when using the BC-20 or BC-21/21e cartridges.  
2. When you finish using the BC-22/22e or BC-29F cartridge, return the paper  
output guides to their original position.  
When the paper output guides are raised, the output tray can hold a maximum of  
20 sheets. Always lower the paper output guides when using the MultiPASS C50  
as a fax machine, or they can cause the faxes to pile up and jam.  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-53  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Entering User Information in the MultiPASS  
C50  
When sending documents, you can have your fax number, your name, and the  
current date and time printed out by the receiving fax. This information is called  
your Transmit Terminal Identification, or TTI, and appears at the top of the  
received fax in small type.  
16/12 98 WED 10:12  
FAX 321 456 7777  
CANON U.S.A.  
→→→ CANON USA FAX  
.
001  
THE DATE AND TIME YOU SENT  
THE DOCUMENT  
THE SLEREXE COMPANY LIMITED  
SAPORS LANE - BOOLE - DORSET - BH 25  
8
ER  
TELEPHONE DOOLE 945 13 51617 TELEX 123456  
(
)
YOUR FAX/TELEPHONE  
NUMBER  
Our Ref. 350/PJC/EAC  
YOUR NAME OR COMPANY NAME  
THE NAME OF THE PARTY WHO IS  
RECEIVING THE DOCUMENT*  
THE PAGE NUMBER  
*If you send a fax using speed dialling, the top line also includes the name registered under the speed  
dialling button or code you entered.  
You can enter this information in two ways:  
Method 1: MultiPASS C50 Operation Panel  
You can enter the user information directly into the MultiPASS C50 using the  
instructions on the following pages. This allows you to use the MultiPASS C50 as  
a fax machine even if you do not have a PC connected to it.  
Method 2: MultiPASS Desktop Manager  
You can also enter the user information using the MultiPASS Desktop Manager.  
Entering information in this way will override any information entered directly  
into the MultiPASS C50. See the MultiPASS Desktop Manager User’s Guide for  
more information.  
2-54  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Guidelines for Entering Information  
The following section explains how to enter user information into the MultiPASS  
C50.  
½
½
If you pause while entering information and do not make an entry for more  
than 60 seconds, the MultiPASS C50 returns to standby mode and loses all  
information you had entered up to that point. You will then have to start  
again.  
If the MultiPASS C50 rings while you are entering information, press the  
(STOP) button and lift the optional handset or telephone: The MultiPASS  
C50 will automatically save all the information you have entered up to the last  
time you pressed the  
(START/COPY) button.  
If you hear nothing or a slow beep, someone is trying to send a fax: press  
the (START/COPY) button.  
¼
¼
¼
If you hear a voice, you are receiving a normal telephone call.  
If your MultiPASS C50 is set to receive faxes automatically, you do not  
have to press the  
(STOP) button, the MultiPASS C50 will  
automatically receive the fax. See Chapter 5, ”Receiving Faxes”.  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-55  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols  
Each numeric button has a number and a group of uppercase and lowercase  
letters assigned to it. Use the chart below to determine which number button to  
press for each character.  
Button Uppercase  
Lowercase  
1
˜
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
ABCÅÄÁÀAÂÆÇ  
DEFÐËÉÈÊ  
GHIÏÍÌÎ  
abcåäáàa˜âæç  
defðëéèê  
ghiïíìî  
JKL  
jkl  
˜
˜
MNONØÖÓÒOÔ  
PQRS Þ  
mnon˜øöóòo˜ô  
pqrs þ  
TUVÜÚÙÛ  
tuvüúùû  
wxyzy´  
´
WXYZY  
Uppercase Q Lowercase Q Number  
*
#
–. #!“,;: ˆ ` =/ ’?$
%&+()[]ßà‹›  
*
Press the button to change between number mode, uppercase letter mode and  
*
lowercase letter mode.  
When you are in number mode, ”1” appears on the right of the display.  
:1  
When you are in uppercase letter mode, ”Aappears on the right of the display.  
:A  
When you are in lowercase mode, ”a” appears on the right of the display.  
:a  
To enter a symbol, press # repeatedly until the symbol you want appears. Press  
any other button or to enter the symbol and move the cursor to the right.  
2-56  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Entering a single letter  
For example, you would enter a lowercase letter ”b” like this:  
1. Press until an ”a” appears on the right of the display.  
*
:a  
ABC  
2. Press 2 twice to display ”b” on the left of the display.  
2
b
:a  
Entering two letters from the same group  
To enter two letters from the same group, you have to use the right arrow button  
( ). For example, you would enter ”AAlike this:  
1. Press until an ”Aappears on the right of the display, then press 2 once to  
*
display the first ”A.  
ABC  
2
A
:A  
2. Press to enter the ”Aand move the cursor to the right.  
2
A
:A  
ABC  
3. Press 2 until the second ”Ais displayed.  
2
AA  
:A  
Editing Information  
If you make a mistake while entering a name, you can correct it by using the  
and buttons:  
1. Use the button to scroll to the incorrect character.  
2
2. Press the button once to erase the character above the cursor. (The cursor  
moves one space to the left.)  
1
3. Press the button to move back to the empty space and type in the correct  
character.  
2
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-57  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Entering Your Identification Information  
The following pages show you how to enter your name or company name, your  
fax number, and the date and time, and how to select the type of telephone line  
connected to your MultiPASS C50.  
1. Press FUNCTION.  
FUNCTION  
FUNCTION  
2. Use or to select USER SETTINGS, then press START/COPY.  
1
2
DATE & TIME  
3. Press START/COPY once more.  
½
The currently set date and time appear.  
22/11 98 13:30  
ABC  
DEF  
4. Use the numeric buttons to type in the correct date and time.  
1
2
3
MNO  
GHI  
JKL  
4
7
5
6
WXYZ  
½
Use the DD/MM YY format for the date and use the 24-hour clock for  
the time, so 2:38 p.m. would be 14:38, for example.  
PQRS  
TUV  
8
9
0
23/12 98 14:38  
5. Press START/COPY to save the date and time.  
UNIT TELEPHONE #  
6. Press START/COPY again and enter your fax/telephone number using the  
numeric buttons.  
ABC  
DEF  
1
2
3
MNO  
GHI  
JKL  
TEL=541 766 3452  
4
5
6
WXYZ  
PQRS  
TUV  
7
8
0
9
½
½
You can enter up to 20 digits for your fax/telephone number.  
You can enter spaces with the button to make the number easier to read.  
2-58  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7. Press START/COPY to save the fax/telephone number.  
UNIT NAME  
8. Press START/COPY again, then use the numeric buttons to enter your name  
or your business name.  
ABC  
DEF  
1
2
3
MNO  
GHI  
JKL  
4
7
5
6
WXYZ  
CANON  
:A  
PQRS  
TUV  
8
9
0
½
½
For more details on entering letters, see page 2-56.  
You can enter up to 24 characters for your name or business name.  
9. Press START/COPY to save the name, then press or to select TEL LINE  
TYPE.  
1
1
2
2
TEL LINE TYPE  
10. Press START/COPY , then use or to select the correct telephone line  
type.  
TOUCH TONE  
ROTARY PULSE  
Contact your local phone company if you are not sure what type of phone line  
you have.  
11. Press START/COPY to save the telephone line type.  
COLOR COPY MEDIA  
12. Press STOP to return to standby mode.  
14:38  
FaxOnly  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-59  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Editing Your Identification Information  
If you ever need to change the user name, fax number, or phone line type, or to  
reset the date or time, you can use the procedures above to display the settings  
you need to change, then edit them using the numeric buttons and the and  
buttons.  
2-60  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
The MultiPASS C50 Settings  
To customise the MultiPASS C50 to your particular needs, you can adjust general  
operation, sending, receiving, and speed dialling settings. There are two methods  
of customising these settings:  
Method 1: Using the MultiPASS Desktop Manager  
The MultiPASS Desktop Manager software included with your MultiPASS C50  
enables you to adjust settings for the MultiPASS C50 from your PC. For a list of  
the adjustable settings, see below, and for detailed instructions on setting these  
options, refer to the MultiPASS Desktop Manager User’s Guide.  
Method 2: Using the MultiPASS C50 operation panel  
Some of the settings that can be adjusted from the MultiPASS Desktop Manager  
can also be adjusted directly from the MultiPASS C50 operation panel. Adjusting  
these settings through the operation panel is convenient when you do not have  
your MultiPASS C50 connected to a PC. Also, certain settings can only be set  
from the operation panel.  
We recommend that settings that can be adjusted from both the MultiPASS  
Desktop Manager and the operation panel be set using the MultiPASS Desktop  
Manager. Using the MultiPASS Desktop Manager enables you to customise more  
settings. In addition, changes made via the MultiPASS Desktop Manager will  
override any corresponding settings made directly from the operation panel, and  
changes made to settings via the operation panel will not be displayed in the  
MultiPASS Desktop Manager.  
List of Settings  
The following pages list the settings that can be adjusted from the MultiPASS  
Desktop Manager as well as those adjustable directly from the MultiPASS C50  
operation panel. For details on adjusting settings via the operation panel, refer to  
the page number indicated. For instructions on adjusting settings using the  
MultiPASS Desktop Manager, refer to the MultiPASS Desktop Manager User’s  
Guide.  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-61  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
General Settings  
Setting Description  
Desktop Manager Setting Name Operation Panel Setting Name  
Setting the date and time  
*
DATE & TIME  
See page 2-58  
Setting the date format  
Date Format  
Setting the language used on  
the MultiPASS C50 LCD  
display  
Display Language  
DISPLAY LANGUAGE  
See page 2-72  
Setting whether you want to  
be prompted to confirm when  
you delete a document from  
the MultiPASS Desktop  
Manager  
Confirm before Deleting  
Setting the printing spooler  
Printing Spooler  
Setting whether the optional  
handset or a telephone is  
connected to your MultiPASS  
C50 unit  
Telephone Attached to Unit  
Setting the volume  
Incoming Ring  
Keypad  
Alarm  
CALLING VOLUME  
KEYPAD VOLUME  
ALARM VOLUME  
LINE MONITOR VOL  
RX CALL LEVEL  
Speaker  
See pages 2-71, 2-72  
*Uses your PC system date and time  
2-62  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Sending Settings  
Setting Description  
Desktop Manager Setting Name Operation Panel Setting Name  
Setting the name that appears  
in the header of the faxes you  
send  
Heading  
Company  
UNIT NAME  
See page 2-58  
Setting the fax/telephone  
number that appears in the  
header of the faxes you send  
Fax Number  
UNIT TELEPHONE #  
See page 2-58  
Setting the telephone line type Phone Line Type  
TEL LINE TYPE  
See page 2-58  
Setting a prefix to access an  
outside phone line  
Outside Dialling Prefix  
Setting automatic redialling  
preferences  
Automatic Retries Number  
Wait between Retries  
Setting whether a sending  
report is printed, and when it  
is printed out  
Automatic Report Print  
Include Fax Image  
Setting the modem speed used Speed  
to send faxes  
Setting the length of the pause Pause Duration  
MID PAUSE SET  
See page 2-72  
Setting Error Correction  
Mode (ECM) on or off for fax  
sending  
Error Correction (ECM)  
Setting whether the  
MultiPASS C50 unit starts  
sending automatically  
Auto Start Send  
Off Hook Alarm  
Setting whether the alarm  
sounds if the handset is off its  
hook  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-63  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting Description  
Desktop Manager Setting Name Operation Panel Setting Name  
Setting the contrast of the  
faxes you send  
Image Contrast  
SCAN CONTRAST  
See page 4-4  
Setting the position of the fax Fax Heading Position  
heading information (TTI)  
Setting whether the  
On Error Resend  
MultiPASS C50 redials if an  
error occurs, and which pages  
are resent  
Setting the R button options  
R-Key  
R-KEY SETTING  
See page 4-20  
Setting the phone lock options Phone Lock  
to restrict sending and making  
calls  
2-64  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Receive Settings  
Setting Description  
Desktop Manager Setting Name Operation Panel Setting Name  
Setting the size of the paper  
used for printing a fax  
Paper Size  
Setting whether an incoming  
fax is reduced to fit on the  
paper  
Reduction  
Setting the receive mode  
Answer Receive Mode  
*
See page 5-3  
Setting whether the  
Silent Receive  
Number of Rings  
MultiPASS C50 unit rings for  
an incoming fax and the  
number of times it rings  
Setting how incoming faxes  
are handled when your  
Receive Fax Options  
computer is turned on or off  
You can also set how faxes are  
handled when the MultiPASS  
C50 runs out of paper.  
Setting whether a reception  
report is printed, and when it  
is printed out  
Report Print  
Setting the modem speed used Speed  
to receive faxes  
Setting Error Correction  
Mode (ECM) on or off for fax  
reception  
Error Correction (ECM)  
*Can be adjusted with the RECEIVE MODE button.  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-65  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting Description  
Desktop Manager Setting Name Operation Panel Setting Name  
Setting whether you want to  
print documents in the  
Desktop Manager using a  
reduced amount of ink  
Ink Saver Mode  
Setting fax/telephone  
switching options  
Listen Time before Ringing  
Ring Time  
Ring Tone  
Default Action if No Answer  
to Telephone  
Setting whether in manual  
mode, the MultiPASS C50  
automatically switches to fax  
receiving after a specified ring  
time  
Manual/Auto Switch  
Setting options when an  
answering machine is  
connected to the MultiPASS  
C50 unit  
Answering Machine Mode  
Options  
Setting whether remote  
receive is enabled, and setting  
the identification number used  
to receive  
Remote Receive  
Remote Identification  
Number  
2-66  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Speed Dialling Settings  
Setting Description  
Desktop Manager Setting Name Operation Panel Setting Name  
Setting one-touch speed  
dialling numbers  
See the Speed Dial tab  
1-TOUCH SPD DIAL  
See page 3-3  
Setting coded speed dialling  
numbers  
See the Speed Dial tab  
CODED SPEED DIAL  
See page 3-10  
Setting group dialling numbers See the Speed Dial tab  
GROUP DIAL  
See page 3-17  
Other Options  
Setting Description  
Desktop Manager Setting Name Operation Panel Setting Name  
Printing a fax stored in  
memory instead of uploading  
it to your PC  
FILE PRINT  
See page 5-12  
Cleaning the BJ cartridge  
print head  
HEAD CLEANING  
See page 9-9  
Cleaning the MultiPASS C50  
rollers  
ROLLER CLEANING  
See page 2-50  
Setting the print media for  
colour copying (plain paper or  
high resolution paper)  
COLOR COPY MEDIA  
See page 2-72  
Printing a test pattern to check  
the BJ cartridge  
NOZZLE CHECK  
See page 9-8  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-67  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
The MultiPASS C50 Unit Settings  
Details on the settings that can be adjusted from the MultiPASS C50 operation  
panel are listed in the table below. For detailed instructions on accessing these  
settings, refer to the page numbers indicated in the table.  
The factory default settings in the table below are shown in bold type.  
TEL REGISTRATION  
1-TOUCH SPD DIAL  
CODED SPEED DIAL  
GROUP DIAL  
See ”One-Touch Speed Dialling”.  
See ”Coded Speed Dialling”.  
See ”Group Dialling”  
3-3  
3-10  
3-17  
USER SETTINGS  
DATE & TIME  
UNIT TELEPHONE #  
UNIT NAME  
Enter the date and time.  
2-58  
2-58  
2-58  
4-4  
Enter your fax/telephone number.  
Enter your name or company name.  
Sets the scanning contrast of the faxes you  
send.  
SCAN CONTRAST  
STANDARD  
/DARKER/LIGHTER  
VOLUME CONTROL  
CALLING VOLUME  
Sets the volume of the ring produced when  
the MultiPASS C50 detects a voice call  
during fax/tel switchover.  
VOL MID/VOL MAX/  
2-71  
2-71  
VOL MIN  
KEYPAD VOLUME  
Sets the volume of the keypad touch beep.  
VOL MID/VOL MAX/  
OFF/VOL MIN  
2-68  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ALARM VOLUME  
Sets the volume of the error alarm sound.  
VOL MID/VOL MAX/  
OFF/VOL MIN  
VOL MID/VOL MAX/  
OFF/VOL MIN  
2-71  
2-71  
LINE MONITOR VOL  
Sets the volume of the line monitor  
(sound during dialling).  
RX CALL LEVEL  
TEL LINE TYPE  
Sets the volume of incoming calls.  
Sets the dialling method the MultiPASS  
C50 uses to match the type of line you  
have.  
STANDARD/HIGH  
ROTARY PULSE/  
TOUCH TONE  
2-72  
2-58  
COLOR COPY MEDIA  
R-KEY SETTING  
Sets the print media type when making  
copies.  
Sets the PBX type through which your  
unit is connected.  
PLAIN PAPER/HIGH  
RES. PAPER  
2-72  
4-20  
PSTN/PBX  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-69  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DISPLAY LANGUAGE  
Sets the language for the message displayed  
in the LCD during operation of the unit.  
ENGLISH/FRENCH/  
SPANISH/GERMAN/  
ITALIAN/DUTCH/  
FINNISH/  
2-72  
PORTUGUESE/  
NORWEGIAN/  
SWEDISH/DANISH/  
SLOVENE/CZECH/  
HUNGARIAN  
FILE PRINT  
Prints faxes stored in the MultiPASS C50’s  
memory instead of uploading them to your  
PC.  
5-12  
2-50  
ROLLER CLEANING  
Cleans the rollers that feed the recording  
paper into the MultiPASS C50.  
HEAD CLEANING  
NOZZLE CHECK  
Cleans the BJ cartridge’s print head.  
9-9  
9-8  
Prints a test pattern to check whether the BJ  
cartridge is functioning normally.  
2-70  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Accessing the MultiPASS C50 Unit Settings  
The following section describes how to access some of the settings listed on pages  
2-68 to 2-70.  
To Access the VOLUME CONTROL Settings (CALLING  
VOLUME, KEYPAD VOLUME, ALARM VOLUME, LINE  
MONITOR VOL)  
1. Press FUNCTION.  
FUNCTION  
FUNCTION  
2. Use or to select USER SETTINGS.  
1
2
Ex:  
USER SETTINGS  
3. Press START/COPY.  
DATE & TIME  
4. Use or to select VOLUME CONTROL.  
1
2
Ex:  
VOLUME CONTROL  
5. Press START/COPY.  
Ex:  
CALLING VOLUME  
6. Use or to select the setting you want to set or change.  
1
2
Ex:  
KEYPAD VOLUME  
½
Select CALLING VOLUME, KEYPAD VOLUME, ALARM VOLUME,  
or LINE MONITOR VOL.  
7. Press START/COPY.  
Ex:  
VOL MID  
½
The current setting is displayed.  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-71  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8. Use or to select the new setting.  
1
2
Ex:  
VOL MAX  
9. Press START/COPY.  
Ex:  
ALARM VOLUME  
½
The new setting will not be effective until you press the  
COPY) button.  
(START/  
10. Press STOP to return to standby mode.  
13:00 FaxOnly  
To Access the RX CALL LEVEL, COLOR COPY MEDIA,  
MID PAUSE SET, and DISPLAY LANGUAGE Settings  
1. Press FUNCTION.  
FUNCTION  
FUNCTION  
To access the RX CALL LEVEL and COLOR COPY MEDIA settings:  
2. Use or to select USER SETTINGS.  
1
2
Ex:  
USER SETTINGS  
3. Press START/COPY.  
DATE & TIME  
4. Use or to select the setting you want to set or change.  
1
2
Ex:  
RX CALL LEVEL  
½
Select RX CALL LEVEL or COLOR COPY MEDIA.  
2-72  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. Press START/COPY.  
Ex:  
STANDARD  
½
The current setting is displayed.  
6. Continue with Step 4 below.  
To access the MID PAUSE SET and DISPLAY LANGUAGE settings:  
2. Use or to select the setting you want to set or change.  
1
2
Ex:  
MID PAUSE SET  
½
Select MID PAUSE SET or DISPLAY LANGUAGE.  
3. Press START/COPY.  
Ex:  
04SEC  
½
The current setting is displayed.  
4. Use or to select the new setting.  
1
2
5. Press START/COPY.  
½
The new setting will not be effective until you press the  
COPY) button.  
(START/  
6. Press STOP to return to standby mode.  
13:00 FaxOnly  
Chapter 2  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
2-73  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Testing the MultiPASS C50  
After you have assembled your MultiPASS C50, installed a BJ cartridge, loaded  
the print media, and entered your user identification information, you can make  
sure the MultiPASS C50 is printing properly by making several copies of a  
document. For instructions, see ”Making Copies” on page 6-13.  
½
If you are printing on plain paper, note the following:  
¼
If the printed sheets are curled as they exit the MultiPASS C50, remove  
them from the output tray immediately to avoid paper jams.  
¼
¼
Make sure your text or graphics fall within the printable area.  
If the print head is printing past the edge of the paper and directly on the  
platen, clean the platen. See ”Cleaning the MultiPASS C50’s Interior” on  
page 9-2.  
½
If you are printing on transparencies or back print film, note the following:  
¼
¼
¼
Remove each sheet of film after it exits from the unit. Do not let film  
stack up on the output tray.  
Allow printed film to dry before storing it. (Canon film needs about 15  
minutes to dry properly.)  
After the film dries, cover each printed side with a sheet of plain paper  
before storing. This is necessary even if you put the film in a clear file.  
2-74  
Setting Up Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 3  
Speed Dialling  
This chapter describes how to register and use the speed dialling features of the  
MultiPASS C50.  
Speed Dialling Methods ............................................................................................. 3-2  
One-Touch Speed Dialling ......................................................................................... 3-3  
Storing Numbers for One-Touch Speed Dialling ........................................ 3-3  
Changing a Number/Name Stored under a One-Touch Speed Dialling  
Button ........................................................................................................... 3-5  
Using One-Touch Speed Dialling .................................................................. 3-8  
Coded Speed Dialling ............................................................................................... 3-10  
Storing Numbers for Coded Speed Dialling .............................................. 3-10  
Changing a Number/Name Stored under a Coded Speed  
Dialling Code ............................................................................................. 3-12  
Using Coded Speed Dialling ........................................................................ 3-15  
Group Dialling .......................................................................................................... 3-17  
Creating Groups for Group Dialling .......................................................... 3-17  
Using Group Dialling .................................................................................... 3-21  
Chapter 3  
Speed Dialling  
3-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Speed Dialling Methods  
In addition to manual dialling, the MultiPASS C50 provides several ways to dial  
fax numbers automatically.  
½
½
½
One-touch speed dialling  
Dial a fax number by pressing the one-touch speed dialling button that the  
number is assigned to.  
Coded speed dialling  
Dial a fax number by pressing the CODED DIAL button followed by the  
two-digit code assigned to that fax number.  
Group dialling  
Send a fax to a pre-defined group of fax numbers. (The numbers must already  
be stored as one-touch speed dialling numbers or coded speed dialling  
numbers.)  
3-2  
Speed Dialling  
Chapter 3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
One-Touch Speed Dialling  
Storing Numbers for One-Touch Speed Dialling  
Your MultiPASS C50 can store up to 6 of your most frequently dialled numbers  
under the one-touch speed dialling buttons. You can register the numbers directly  
from the MultiPASS C50 operation panel or from the Desktop Manager. See the  
MultiPASS Desktop Manager User’s Guide for instructions on entering numbers  
from your PC.  
1. Press FUNCTION.  
FUNCTION  
FUNCTION  
2. Press or to select TEL REGISTRATION.  
1
2
TEL REGISTRATION  
3. Press START/COPY twice.  
1-TOUCH SPD DIAL  
01=  
4. Use or to select a one-touch speed dialling button between 01 and 06.  
1
2
04=  
½
½
If a number is already stored under the button you select, that number  
appears.  
If the button you select is registered for group dialling, GROUP DIAL  
appears.  
5. Press START/COPY.  
TELEPHONE NUMBER  
Chapter 3  
Speed Dialling  
3-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Press START/COPY again, then use the numeric buttons to enter the  
telephone/fax number you want to store.  
ABC  
DEF  
Ex:  
1
2
3
MNO  
GHI  
JKL  
4
7
5
6
WXYZ  
TEL=516 488 6700  
PQRS  
TUV  
8
9
0
½
½
The telephone/fax number can be up to 120 digits long.  
Press the button to enter spaces between numbers (spaces are optional  
and are ignored during dialling).  
½
½
If you want to clear a mistaken entry, press the button.  
To enter a pause in the number, press the  
one or more times.  
(REDIAL)/PAUSE button  
7. Press START/COPY.  
NAME  
8. Press START/COPY again, then use the numeric buttons to store the name  
that goes with the number.  
ABC  
DEF  
Ex:  
1
2
3
MNO  
GHI  
JKL  
4
5
6
WXYZ  
CANON U.S.A. :A  
PQRS  
TUV  
7
8
0
9
½
½
See page 2-56 for details on entering letters.  
You can store up to 16 characters for the name.  
9. Press START/COPY.  
05=  
10. To continue registering numbers and names repeat steps, 4 to 9.  
-or-  
If you have finished registering numbers and names, press STOP to return to  
the standby mode.  
14:38  
FaxOnly  
3-4  
Speed Dialling  
Chapter 3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Changing a Number/Name Stored under a One-Touch  
Speed Dialling Button  
Follow these steps if you want to change a number and/or name registered under  
a one-touch speed dialling button, or if you want to delete all information stored  
in a button.  
1. Press FUNCTION.  
FUNCTION  
FUNCTION  
2. Press or until TEL REGISTRATION is displayed.  
1
2
TEL REGISTRATION  
3. Press START/COPY twice.  
1-TOUCH SPD DIAL  
01=  
538 4500  
4. Use or to select the one-touch speed dialling button you want to change  
(between 01 and 06).  
1
2
04=516 488 6700  
½
If the button you select is registered for group dialling, GROUP DIAL is  
displayed.  
5. Press START/COPY twice.  
TELEPHONE NUMBER  
TEL=516 488 6700  
Chapter 3  
Speed Dialling  
3-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To delete a number:  
6. Press until the whole number is deleted, then press START/COPY.  
1
NAME  
½
When you delete a number, the name registered for that number is also  
deleted.  
7. When you have finished deleting numbers, press STOP to return to standby  
mode.  
14:38  
FaxOnly  
To change the number and/or name:  
ABC  
DEF  
6. To change the number, use the numeric buttons to enter the new number  
over the previous number.  
1
2
3
MNO  
GHI  
JKL  
4
7
5
6
WXYZ  
PQRS  
TUV  
8
9
Ex:  
0
TEL= 2131 1250  
½
½
The telephone/fax number can be up to 120 digits long.  
If you only want to change the name, ignore this step and go to step 7.  
7. Press START/COPY twice to display the registered name.  
NAME  
CANON U.S.A :A  
ABC  
DEF  
8. To change the name, use the numeric buttons to enter the new name over the  
previous name.  
1
2
3
MNO  
GHI  
JKL  
4
5
6
WXYZ  
PQRS  
TUV  
7
8
0
9
CANON Deutsch.:a  
½
½
½
See page 2-56 for details on entering letters.  
You can enter up to 16 characters for the name.  
If you want to keep the same name, do not enter a new name and go to  
step 9.  
3-6  
Speed Dialling  
Chapter 3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9. Press START/COPY.  
05=905 795 1111  
To change additional numbers and/or names repeat steps 4 to 9.  
½
10. When you are finished changing numbers and/or names, press STOP to  
return to standby mode.  
14:38  
FaxOnly  
Chapter 3  
Speed Dialling  
3-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Using One-Touch Speed Dialling  
After registering your one-touch speed dialling numbers, you can use them to  
send documents as follows:  
Be sure to adjust the document feed lever before loading your document. See  
page 6-5 for details.  
1. Prepare the document and load it, face down, into the Automatic Document  
Feeder (ADF).  
½
If necessary, you can adjust the resolution and contrast. See page 4-3 for  
details.  
2. Press the one-touch speed dialling button assigned to the number to which  
you wish to fax.  
1
6
~
R
Ex:  
TEL= 2131 1250  
½
½
½
The number registered under that one-touch speed dialling button is  
displayed.  
If you make a mistake while dialling, press the  
press the correct one-touch speed dialling button.  
(STOP) button. Then  
If no fax number is assigned to the one-touch dialling button you press,  
the LCD displays NO TEL #. If this happens, make sure you pressed the  
correct button, and that the number you want to dial is registered under  
that button.  
3. Press START/COPY.  
DIALING  
½
The display then shows TX, the number of pages it has scanned, and the  
transaction number.  
3-8  
Speed Dialling  
Chapter 3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
½
½
If you do not press the  
MultiPASS C50 will begin sending automatically.  
(START/COPY) button within five seconds, the  
If an error occurs during sending, the MultiPASS C50 will print an error  
report. If this happens, try sending the fax again. See ”Faxing Problems”  
on page 8-12 for details on errors.  
You can also use the one-touch speed dialling buttons to send a document to  
more than one location at a time. For details, see ”Sequential Broadcasting” on  
page 4-18.  
Chapter 3  
Speed Dialling  
3-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Coded Speed Dialling  
Storing Numbers for Coded Speed Dialling  
You can store up to 50 telephone/fax numbers for coded speed dialling. As with  
one-touch speed dialling, you can register the numbers directly from the  
operation panel of the MultiPASS C50 or from the Desktop Manager. For more  
details on entering numbers from your PC, refer to the MultiPASS Desktop  
Manager User’s Guide.  
1. Press FUNCTION.  
FUNCTION  
FUNCTION  
2. Press or until TEL REGISTRATION is displayed.  
1
1
2
TEL REGISTRATION  
3. Press START/COPY , then use or to display CODED SPEED DIAL.  
2
2
CODED SPEED DIAL  
4. Press START/COPY.  
00=  
*
5. Use or to select a two digit code (00-49) in the display.  
1
05=  
*
½
½
If a number is already registered at the code you select, that number is  
displayed.  
If the code you select is registered for group dialling, GROUP DIAL  
appears.  
6. Press START/COPY twice.  
TELEPHONE NUMBER  
TEL=  
3-10  
Speed Dialling  
Chapter 3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ABC  
DEF  
7. Use the numeric buttons to enter the telephone/fax number you want to  
store.  
1
2
3
MNO  
GHI  
JKL  
4
7
5
6
WXYZ  
PQRS  
TUV  
8
9
Ex:  
0
TEL=  
7390802  
½
½
The telephone/fax number can be up to 120 digits long.  
Press the button to enter spaces between numbers (spaces are optional  
and are ignored during dialling).  
½
½
If you want to clear a mistaken entry, press the button.  
To enter a pause in the number, press the  
one or more times.  
(REDIAL)/PAUSE button  
8. Press START/COPY.  
NAME  
9. Press START/COPY again, then use the numeric buttons to store the name  
that goes with the number.  
ABC  
DEF  
Ex:  
1
2
3
MNO  
GHI  
JKL  
4
5
6
WXYZ  
ANON HONG KONG:A  
PQRS  
TUV  
7
8
0
9
½
½
See page 2-56 for details on entering letters.  
You can store up to 16 characters for the name.  
10. Press START/COPY.  
06=  
*
11. To continue registering numbers and names repeat steps, 5 to 10.  
-or-  
If you have finished registering numbers and names, press STOP to return to  
the standby mode.  
14:38  
FaxOnly  
Chapter 3  
Speed Dialling  
3-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Changing a Number/Name Stored under a Coded Speed  
Dialling Code  
Follow these steps if you want to change the number and/or name registered  
under a coded speed dialling code, or if you want to delete all information stored  
under a code.  
1. Press FUNCTION.  
FUNCTION  
FUNCTION  
2. Press or until TEL REGISTRATION is displayed.  
1
1
2
2
TEL REGISTRATION  
3. Press START/COPY, then use or to display CODED SPEED DIAL.  
CODED SPEED DIAL  
4. Press START/COPY.  
00=  
63 9399  
*
5. Press or to select the coded speed dialling code you want to change  
(between 00 and 49).  
1
2
05=  
7390802  
*
½
If the button you select is registered for group dialling, GROUP DIAL is  
displayed.  
6. Press START/COPY twice.  
TELEPHONE NUMBER  
TEL=  
7390802  
3-12  
Speed Dialling  
Chapter 3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To delete a number:  
7. Press until the whole number is deleted, then press START/COPY.  
1
NAME  
½
When you delete a number, the name registered for that number is also  
deleted.  
8. When you are finished deleting numbers, press STOP to return to the standby  
mode.  
14:38  
FaxOnly  
To change the number and/or name:  
ABC  
DEF  
7. To change the number, use the numeric buttons to enter the new number  
over the previous number.  
1
2
3
MNO  
GHI  
JKL  
4
7
5
6
WXYZ  
PQRS  
TUV  
8
9
Ex:  
0
TEL=  
545 8545  
½
½
The telephone/fax number can be up to 120 digits long.  
If you only want to change the name, ignore this step and go to step 8.  
8. Press START/COPY twice to display the registered name.  
NAME  
Ex:  
CANON HONG KON:A  
ABC  
DEF  
9. To change the name, use the numeric buttons to enter the new name over the  
previous name.  
1
2
3
MNO  
GHI  
JKL  
4
5
6
WXYZ  
PQRS  
TUV  
7
8
0
9
Ex:  
CANON EUROPA :A  
½
½
½
See page 2-56 for details on entering letters.  
You can enter up to 16 characters for the name.  
If you want to keep the same name, do not enter a new name and go to  
step 10.  
Chapter 3  
Speed Dialling  
3-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10. Press START/COPY.  
06= 49 39 25 25  
*
½
To change additional number and/or names, repeat steps 5 to 10.  
11. Press STOP to return to the standby mode.  
14:38 FaxOnly  
3-14  
Speed Dialling  
Chapter 3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Using Coded Speed Dialling  
After registering your coded speed dialling numbers, you can use them to send  
documents as follows:  
Be sure to adjust the document feed lever before loading your document. See  
page 6-5 for details.  
1. Prepare the document and load it, face down, into the Automatic Document  
Feeder (ADF).  
½
If necessary, you can adjust the resolution and contrast. See page 4-3 for  
details.  
CODED DIAL  
2. Press CODED DIAL :  
*
ABC  
DEF  
3. Use the numeric buttons to enter the two-digit code assigned to the fax  
number:  
1
2
3
MNO  
GHI  
JKL  
4
7
5
6
WXYZ  
PQRS  
TUV  
8
0
9
03  
*
Ex:  
TEL=  
545 8545  
½
½
½
The number registered under that coded speed dialling button is  
displayed.  
If you make a mistake while dialling, press the  
(STOP) button. Then  
press CODED DIAL and enter the correct code.  
If no fax number is assigned to the code you enter, the LCD displays NO  
TEL #. If this happens, make sure you entered the correct code, and that  
the number you want to dial is registered under that code.  
4. Press START/COPY.  
DIALING  
½
The display then shows TX, the number of pages it has scanned, and the  
transaction number.  
Chapter 3  
Speed Dialling  
3-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
½
½
If you do not press the  
MultiPASS C50 will begin sending automatically.  
(START/COPY) button within five seconds, the  
If an error occurs during sending, the MultiPASS C50 will print an error  
report. If this happens, try sending the fax again. See ”Faxing Problems”  
on page 8-12 for details about errors.  
You can also use coded speed dialling to send a document to more than one  
location at a time. For details, see ”Sequential Broadcasting” on page 4-18.  
3-16  
Speed Dialling  
Chapter 3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Group Dialling  
If you frequently send faxes to the same group of people, you can create a  
”group.” Groups are stored under one-touch speed dialling buttons or coded  
speed dialling codes and are entered from the MultiPASS C50 operation panel or  
from the MultiPASS Desktop Manager. For details on entering groups from your  
PC, refer to the MultiPASS Desktop Manager User’s Guide.  
Creating Groups for Group Dialling  
The numbers you use in a group must already be stored under one-touch speed  
dialling buttons or coded speed dialling codes. Each group is stored under a one-  
touch speed dialling button or a coded speed dialling code.  
Create groups for group dialling as follows:  
1. Press FUNCTION.  
FUNCTION  
FUNCTION  
2. Press or until TEL REGISTRATION is displayed.  
1
1
2
TEL REGISTRATION  
3. Press START/COPY, then use or to select GROUP DIAL.  
GROUP DIAL  
2
4. Press START/COPY.  
Chapter 3  
Speed Dialling  
3-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To store a group under a one-touch speed dialling button:  
5. Use or buttons to select an unused one-touch speed dialling button (01 to  
06).  
1
2
01=  
½
If a group or number is already registered under the button you select,  
GROUP DIAL or 1-TOUCH SPD DIAL is displayed.  
To store a group under a coded speed dialling code:  
5. Press CODED DIAL, then use the numeric buttons to enter an unused two-  
digit code (00 to 49).  
CODED DIAL  
ABC  
DEF  
1
2
3
MNO  
07=  
*
GHI  
JKL  
4
7
5
6
WXYZ  
PQRS  
TUV  
8
9
½
If a group or number is already registered under the button you select,  
GROUP DIAL or CODED SPD DIAL is displayed.  
0
½
½
Each one-touch speed dialling button or coded speed dialling code can store  
either a name and number for speed dialling or a group. Be careful not to  
override speed dialling numbers and names when creating and registering  
groups.  
If you wish to register a group under a one-touch speed dialling button or  
coded speed dialling code already registered for speed dialling, or if you want  
to re-enter a group, you must delete the previous information first. (For  
further details see pages 3-5 and 3-12.)  
6. Press START/COPY twice.  
TELEPHONE NUMBER  
TEL=  
3-18  
Speed Dialling  
Chapter 3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7. Enter the speed dialling numbers you want to store in the group:  
FUNCTION  
½
To enter a number stored under a one-touch speed dialling button, press  
FUNCTION, press the desired one-touch speed dialling button(s), then  
FUNCTION again.  
1
6
~
R
FUNCTION  
CODED DIAL  
½
To enter a number stored under a coded speed dialling code, press  
CODED DIAL, then enter the two-digit code for the number using the  
numeric buttons. (For multiple entries, press CODED DIAL between  
each entry.)  
ABC  
DEF  
1
2
3
MNO  
GHI  
JKL  
4
7
5
6
WXYZ  
PQRS  
TUV  
8
9
0
½
½
You cannot register numbers in the groups that have not been registered for  
speed dialling.  
You can review the numbers registered under the group by pressing the  
button.  
¼
If you want to delete one of these numbers from the group, press  
(ERASING END is displayed) and then the  
(START/COPY) button.  
¼
If you want to delete all numbers in the group, press repeatedly until all  
numbers are deleted, and then press the  
Deleting all numbers will cancel the group.  
(START/COPY) button.  
¼
If you want to add a number to the group, press the one-touch speed  
dialling button or coded speed dialling code the number is registered  
under, and then press the  
added to the group.  
(START/COPY) button. The number will be  
½
You can cancel registering numbers and return to standby mode by pressing  
the  
(STOP) button anytime before press the  
(START/COPY) button in  
step 8.  
Chapter 3  
Speed Dialling  
3-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8. Press START/COPY twice, then use the numeric buttons to enter a name for  
the group.  
NAME  
ABC  
DEF  
1
2
3
MNO  
GHI  
JKL  
4
7
5
6
WXYZ  
PQRS  
TUV  
CANON GROUP 1 :1  
8
9
0
½
½
See page 2-56 for details on entering letters.  
You can enter up to 16 characters for the name.  
9. Press START/COPY.  
10. To enter additional group, repeat steps 5 to 9.  
-or-  
If you have finished registering groups press STOP to return to standby  
mode.  
14:38  
FaxOnly  
3-20  
Speed Dialling  
Chapter 3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Using Group Dialling  
To send a fax to a group, follow these instructions.  
Be sure to adjust the document feed lever before loading your document. See  
page 6-5 for details.  
1. Prepare the document and load it, face down, into the Automatic Document  
Feeder (ADF).  
½
If necessary, you can adjust the resolution and contrast. See page 4-3 for  
details.  
2. Use the one-touch speed dialling buttons and/or the CODED DIAL button  
(along with the two-digit codes) to select the groups registered under those  
buttons and/or codes.  
1
6
~
R
and/or  
CODED DIAL  
½
If you make a mistake when selecting a group, press the  
and start again.  
(STOP) button  
ABC  
DEF  
1
2
3
MNO  
GHI  
JKL  
4
7
5
6
WXYZ  
PQRS  
TUV  
8
0
9
½
½
You can make up to 55 groups.  
If you press a one-touch speed dialling button or coded speed dialling code  
that has no group (or fax number) registered under it, the LCD displays NO  
TEL #. Make sure you pressed the correct one-touch speed dialling button or  
entered the correct coded speed dialling code, and that the group you want  
has been registered correctly under that button or code.  
½
After entering a one-touch speed-dialling button or coded speed dialling code,  
you have five or ten seconds to press each subsequent speed-dialling button or  
code before the MultiPASS C50 begins sending.  
3. When you finish entering groups, press START/COPY.  
½
The MultiPASS C50 then scans the document into memory, and begins  
dialling the numbers in the groups.  
Chapter 3  
Speed Dialling  
3-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3-22  
Speed Dialling  
Chapter 3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 4  
Sending Faxes  
This chapter describes how to use your MultiPASS C50 to send faxes.  
Preparing to Send a Fax ............................................................................................. 4-3  
Setting the Resolution and Contrast ............................................................. 4-3  
Setting the Scanning Resolution ........................................................ 4-3  
Setting the Scanning Contrast ............................................................ 4-4  
Sending Methods ............................................................................................. 4-6  
Manual Sending Via the Handset ...................................................... 4-6  
Memory Sending .................................................................................. 4-6  
Dialling Methods ............................................................................................. 4-7  
Sending Documents .................................................................................................... 4-8  
Manual Sending Via the Handset .................................................................. 4-8  
Memory Sending ............................................................................................ 4-10  
Cancelling Sending ................................................................................................... 4-12  
Removing the Document From the Automatic Document  
Feeder (ADF) ............................................................................................ 4-13  
Redialling ................................................................................................................... 4-15  
Manual Redialling ......................................................................................... 4-15  
Automatic Redialling With Memory Sending ........................................... 4-15  
Cancelling Automatic Redialling ..................................................... 4-16  
Sequential Broadcasting ........................................................................................... 4-18  
Sending a Document to More Than One Destination ............................. 4-18  
Sending a Document Using Group Dialling .............................................. 4-19  
Dialling Through a Switchboard ............................................................................. 4-20  
Registering the Access Type and the Outside Line Number under  
the R Button ............................................................................................... 4-20  
Long Distance Dialling ............................................................................................ 4-22  
How to Enter Pauses ..................................................................................... 4-22  
Confirming a Dial Tone ............................................................................................ 4-23  
Using Tone Dialling on a Pulse Line ...................................................................... 4-24  
If a Power Cut Occurs .............................................................................................. 4-25  
Memory Clear Report ................................................................................... 4-25  
Chapter 4  
Sending Faxes  
4-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4-2  
Sending Faxes  
Chapter 4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Preparing to Send a Fax  
Before you can send a fax, you need to load the document into the MultiPASS  
C50’s Automatic Document Feeder (ADF). For instructions and information  
about the types of documents the MultiPASS C50 can scan, see ”Types of  
Documents You Can Scan” on page 6-2.  
Setting the Resolution and Contrast  
Setting the Scanning Resolution  
Canon’s Ultra High Quality (UHQTM) imaging technology enables you to send  
faxes with a print quality that is very close to that of the original document. The  
MultiPASS C50 also lets you adjust the resolution it uses in sending faxes to best  
suit your particular document.  
The MultiPASS C50 has three resolution settings:  
½
½
½
STANDARD resolution (8 pels/mm × 3.85 lines/mm) is adequate for most  
text documents.  
FINE resolution (8 pels/mm × 7.7 lines/mm) is suitable for documents with  
fine print (smaller than the print in this sentence).  
PHOTO resolution (8 pels/mm × 7.7 lines/mm, with halftones) is for  
documents that contain photographs. With this setting, areas of the document  
that contain photos are automatically scanned with 64 levels of grey, rather  
than just two (black and white). This gives a much better reproduction of the  
photos, though transmission time is longer.  
Set the resolution as follows:  
RESOLUTION  
1. Press RESOLUTION.  
½
The LCD display shows the current scanning resolution.  
STANDARD  
When the RESOLUTION button is pressed, the LCD display shows the current  
resolution for about five seconds before returning to standby mode.  
Chapter 4  
Sending Faxes  
4-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
RESOLUTION  
2. Press RESOLUTION to display the resolution you want.  
FINE  
PHOTO  
(FINE resolution with halftone)  
STANDARD  
3. Continue with the operation you wish to complete.  
½
If you do not proceed with any other operation, the LCD display returns  
to standby mode after about 5 seconds.  
14:38  
FaxOnly  
Setting the Scanning Contrast  
Contrast is the difference in brightness between the lightest and darkest parts of  
a printed document. You can adjust the contrast the MultiPASS C50 uses for  
sending faxes (DARKER, STANDARD, or LIGHTER) through the operation  
panel of the MultiPASS C50 or through the MultiPASS Desktop Manager.  
STANDARD is the default, and is adequate for most documents. To darken a  
light original, choose DARKER; to lighten a dark original, use LIGHTER.  
1. Press FUNCTION.  
FUNCTION  
FUNCTION  
2. Press or to select USER SETTINGS.  
1
2
USER SETTINGS  
4-4  
Sending Faxes  
Chapter 4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. Press START/COPY, then use or to select SCAN CONTRAST.  
1
2
SCAN CONTRAST  
4. Press START/COPY.  
½
The currently set contrast setting appears.  
STANDARD  
5. Press or to select the scanning contrast you want.  
1
2
½
½
You can select STANDARD, DARKER, or LIGHTER.  
You can cancel and return to standby mode by pressing the  
(STOP)  
button any time before pressing the  
(START/COPY) button in step 6.  
6. Press START/COPY to save your selection, then press STOP to return to  
standby mode.  
14:38  
FaxOnly  
Chapter 4  
Sending Faxes  
4-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Sending Methods  
Manual Sending Via the Handset  
Use manual sending via the handset if you want to speak with the other party  
before sending a fax to them. With manual sending via the handset, you dial,  
converse normally and when they are ready to receive your fax, press the  
(START/COPY) button to begin sending. See page 4-8 for more details on  
manual sending via the handset.  
Memory Sending  
Memory sending allows you to send a document easily and quickly. This method  
of sending scans the document into memory, and as the first page of a multipage  
document is being scanned, the MultiPASS C50 already begins calling the other  
party and transmitting the information even as the remaining pages are being  
scanned.  
To use memory sending, you load the document, dial the fax number and press  
the  
(START/COPY) button. See page 4-10 for more details on memory  
sending.  
Since the MultiPASS C50 is multitasking, you can even scan a document into the  
memory while sending a document, receiving a document, or printing a  
document.  
4-6  
Sending Faxes  
Chapter 4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Dialling Methods  
There are several ways of dialling the number of the party you want to send to:  
½
½
Regular dialling  
Use the numeric buttons to dial the recipient’s fax number.  
One-touch speed dialling  
Press the one-touch speed dialling button (1 to 6) under which you have  
registered the number you want to send to. See Chapter 3 ”Speed Dialling”  
for details on registering and using one-touch speed dialling.  
½
½
Coded speed dialling  
Press CODED DIAL and enter the two-digit code (00 to 49) under which you  
have registered the number you want to send to. See Chapter 3 ”Speed  
Dialling” for details on registering and using coded speed dialling.  
PC dialling  
Dial a fax number from your PC using the MultiPASS Desktop Manager. See  
the MultiPASS Desktop Manager User’s Guide for details.  
Chapter 4  
Sending Faxes  
4-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Sending Documents  
This section describes how to send faxes with the MultiPASS C50.  
Manual Sending via the Handset  
If you have the optional handset or an extension phone connected to your  
MultiPASS C50, you can send faxes manually. This allows you to talk to the other  
party before sending the fax, which can be useful if the other party uses a single  
line for both voice and fax transmissions.  
Be sure to adjust the document feed lever before loading your document. See  
page 6-5 for details.  
1. Prepare the document and load it, face down, into the Automatic Document  
Feeder (ADF).  
½
Once the document is loaded, the LCD display shows the following:  
MEMORY USED 0%  
STANDARD  
(Currently used image memory)  
(Current resolution)  
DOCUMENT READY  
(Standby to scan)  
½
If necessary, you can adjust the resolution and contrast. See page 4-3 for  
details.  
2. Lift the handset, and dial the number.  
LINE IN USE  
Ex:  
TEL=15037537984  
½
Use one of the dialling methods described on page 4-7.  
4-8  
Sending Faxes  
Chapter 4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. If a person answers, you can converse normally. When you are ready to send  
the fax, ask the person to press the start button on their fax, or set their fax  
machine to receive. Then press START/COPY on the MultiPASS C50 and  
hang up.  
TX  
TX/RX NO. 0012  
½
The LCD displays TX and the transmission number (TX/RX NO.).  
Be sure to press the  
disconnect the call.  
(START/COPY) button before you hang up, or you will  
Chapter 4  
Sending Faxes  
4-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Memory Sending  
Memory sending is a quick and easy way to send a fax. When you use memory  
sending, the MultiPASS C50 scans the document into its memory as it dials the  
fax number. If the line is free, the MultiPASS C50 begins sending the fax as it  
scans the rest of the document.  
The MultiPASS C50 has enough memory to store up to 42 pages (fewer if the  
document contains many graphics or particularly dense text).  
Since the MultiPASS C50 is a multitasking device, you can use memory sending  
to scan one document into memory and at the same time send another fax,  
receive a fax, or print a document. Follow the instructions below to send a  
document with memory sending:  
Be sure to adjust the document feed lever before loading your document. See  
page 6-5 for details.  
1. Prepare the document and load it, face down, into the Automatic Document  
Feeder (ADF).  
½
Once the document is loaded, the LCD display shows the following:  
MEMORY USED 0%  
STANDARD  
(Currently used image memory)  
(Current resolution)  
DOCUMENT READY  
(Standby to scan)  
½
½
If necessary, you can adjust the resolution and contrast. See page 4-3 for  
details.  
You may not be able to use memory sending if the percentage shown in  
the MEMORY USED display is close to 100%. In this case, use manual  
sending via the handset to send your document.  
4-10  
Sending Faxes  
Chapter 4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ABC  
DEF  
2. Use the numeric buttons to dial the other party’s fax number.  
1
2
3
MNO  
GHI  
JKL  
4
7
5
6
WXYZ  
Ex:  
PQRS  
TUV  
8
9
TEL=9p1503753798  
0
½
½
Use one of the dialling methods described on page 4-7.  
If you must first dial a digit to get an outside line (e.g. ”9”), press the  
(REDIAL)/PAUSE button to add a pause after that digit, as shown in the  
example above.  
3. Press START/COPY.  
The MultiPASS C50 then begins scanning the document into memory, and  
½
dials the number:  
TX  
After a few seconds, the display shows the following messages:  
TX/RX NO. 0001  
SCANNING P.001  
CALLING  
(Transaction number for the fax)  
(Number of pages it has scanned)  
TEL=9p1503753798  
(The number you dialled)  
The display continues to show these displays while the fax is sending.  
½
When the MultiPASS C50 finishes sending the fax, the display shows the  
TRANSMITTING OK message:  
TRANSMITTING OK  
½
½
The transaction number (TX/RX NO.) is a unique number the MultiPASS  
C50 assigns to the document you are sending or receiving, and is used to  
identify the document in transaction reports.  
If an error occurs during sending, the MultiPASS C50 will print out an error  
report. If this happens, try sending the fax again. See ”Faxing Problems” on  
page 8-12 for details about errors.  
Chapter 4  
Sending Faxes  
4-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Cancelling Sending  
If you want to stop sending before the fax is finished, do the following.  
1. Press STOP.  
½
½
If you are sending manually, the transmission is cancelled immediately.  
If you are sending from memory, the following appears in the display:  
CANCEL? YES #NO  
*
2. To cancel sending, press  
:
*
TX/RX CANCELLED  
½
If you change your mind and want the unit to continue sending, press the  
# button. The MultiPASS C50 will continue sending normally.  
After you cancel a fax, you may need to open the operation panel to remove the  
document from the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF). See ”Removing the  
Document From the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)” on the following  
page.  
4-12  
Sending Faxes  
Chapter 4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Removing the Document From the Automatic Document  
Feeder (ADF)  
Do not try to pull the document out without opening the operation panel, or you  
might tear or smudge the document.  
1. Open the operation panel by gently pulling it toward you.  
2. Remove the jammed page by pulling it in either direction.  
If the paper does not pull out easily, do not force it. Contact your local authorised  
Canon dealer or the Canon help line.  
Chapter 4  
Sending Faxes  
4-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. When you are finished, close the operation panel by pressing it down from  
the centre as shown.  
Be sure to close the operation panel until it locks into place. Otherwise the unit  
will not function properly.  
4-14  
Sending Faxes  
Chapter 4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Redialling  
Manual Redialling  
If you are sending a fax manually (using the handset), you can redial by pressing  
the (REDIAL)/PAUSE button. This redials the last number that was dialled  
with the numeric buttons. (This also starts redialling regardless of whether  
automatic redialling is enabled.)  
To cancel manual redialling, simply press the  
(STOP) button.  
Automatic Redialling with Memory Sending  
With memory sending, you can set the MultiPASS C50 to automatically dial the  
fax number again if the receiving fax machine does not answer, if the line is busy,  
or if an error occurs during sending. You can also control how many times the  
MultiPASS C50 will redial the number, how long it will wait between dialling  
attempts, and how much of the fax the MultiPASS C50 will resend if an error  
occurs. For instructions, see the MultiPASS Desktop Manager User’s Guide.  
When automatic redialling is in use, the MultiPASS C50 alternately displays  
AUTO REDIAL and the transaction number while it is waiting to redial:  
AUTO REDIAL  
TX/RX NO. 0002  
When it begins redialling, the LCD display continuously shows the following:  
During dialling:  
DIALING  
503 555 1776  
(Fax number you dialled)  
Chapter 4  
Sending Faxes  
4-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
During sending:  
TX/RX NO. 0002  
503 555 1776  
CALLING  
(Transaction number)  
(Fax number you dialled)  
½
If you used one-touch or coded speed dialling to dial the number, the  
name registered under that button or code will also be displayed.  
If the receiving fax machine does not answer on the last attempt, the MultiPASS  
C50 displays BUSY/NO SIGNAL (if the unit is set not to print a report).  
BUSY/NO SIGNAL  
If this happens, try sending again later.  
Cancelling Automatic Redialling  
Automatic redialling cannot be cancelled with the  
(STOP) button while the  
unit is waiting to redial. To cancel automatic redialling, do the following:  
1. Wait until the MultiPASS C50 begins redialling.  
DIALING  
2. Press STOP. The MultiPASS C50 asks you to confirm that you want to  
cancel:  
CANCEL? YES #NO  
*
4-16  
Sending Faxes  
Chapter 4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. To cancel the redialling, press . The MultiPASS C50 beeps and alternates  
*
the following displays:  
TX/RX CANCELLED  
TX/RX NO. 0002  
½
The unit then prints an error report (if set to print one):  
PRINTING REPORT  
If the Automatic Report setting in the Send Fax tab of the MultiPASS Desktop  
Manager is set to off, the error report will not be printed out. For details on  
changing the setting, refer to the MultiPASS Desktop Manager User’s Guide.  
Chapter 4  
Sending Faxes  
4-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Sequential Broadcasting  
Sending a Document to More Than One Destination  
The MultiPASS C50’s sequential broadcasting feature lets you send your fax to a  
sequence of up to 57 fax numbers, using any combination of dialling methods as  
follows:  
½
½
½
One-touch speed dialling: up to 6 destinations  
Coded speed dialling: up to 50 destinations  
Manual dialling (with the numeric buttons): 1 destination only  
You can enter the one-touch speed dialling and coded speed dialling destinations  
in any order. You can also include one destination that you dial manually using  
the numeric buttons.  
To send a fax using sequential broadcasting, do the following:  
Be sure to adjust the document feed lever before loading your document. See  
page 6-5 for details.  
1. Prepare the document and load it, face down, into the Automatic Document  
Feeder (ADF).  
½
If necessary, you can adjust the resolution and contrast. See page 4-3 for  
details.  
2. Enter up to 57 fax numbers using the following three methods:  
½
One-touch speed dialling: press the desired one-touch speed dialling  
button(s).  
1
6
~
R
CODED DIAL  
½
Coded speed dialling: press CODED DIAL, then enter the two-digit code  
using the numeric buttons (be sure to press CODED DIAL before each  
code).  
ABC  
DEF  
1
2
3
MNO  
GHI  
JKL  
4
7
5
6
WXYZ  
PQRS  
TUV  
8
0
9
4-18  
Sending Faxes  
Chapter 4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ABC  
DEF  
½
Manual dialling: enter the number using the numeric buttons, then press  
START/COPY to add the number to the broadcast list. (You can only enter  
one number manually.)  
1
2
3
MNO  
GHI  
JKL  
4
7
5
6
WXYZ  
PQRS  
TUV  
8
9
0
½
½
After entering the first one-touch speed dialling button or coded speed  
dialling code, you have five seconds to enter another speed dialling button or  
code before the MultiPASS C50 begins sending automatically. If you have  
entered more than one speed dialling button or code, the MultiPASS C50  
waits for 10 seconds before it begins sending.  
If you want to review the numbers you entered, press the FUNCTION button  
and use the or button to scroll through the numbers.  
3. When you finish entering numbers, press START/COPY to begin sending, or  
wait a few seconds for the MultiPASS C50 to begin sending automatically.  
½
The MultiPASS C50 then scans the document into memory, and begins  
sending it to the destinations in numerical order, starting with the coded  
dial numbers, then the one-touch numbers, and finally the manual  
number.  
If the MultiPASS C50’s memory becomes full while scanning your document,  
MEMORY FULL appears in the LCD. If this happens, remove the remainder of  
the document from the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) (you may need to  
open the operation panel to do so), then divide the document into several  
sections and send each section individually.  
Sending a Document Using Group Dialling  
If you frequently send faxes to the same group of people, you can create a  
”group.” Groups are stored under one-touch speed dialling buttons or coded  
speed dialling codes. See Chapter 3, ”Speed Dialling” for details on registering  
numbers under groups and using group dialling.  
Chapter 4  
Sending Faxes  
4-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Dialling Through a Switchboard  
A PBX (Private Branch Exchange) is an on-site telephone switchboard. If your  
MultiPASS C50 is connected through a PBX or other telephone switching system,  
you have to dial the outside line access number first, and then dial the number of  
the party you are calling.  
You can register the type of access and the outside line access number under the  
R button, so that you only have to press the FUNCTION and R buttons before  
dialling the telephone or fax number you wish to reach. Follow the instructions  
below for registering the R button.  
Registering the Access Type and the Outside Line Number  
under the R button  
Follow these steps for registering the access type and the outside line number  
under the R button:  
1. Press FUNCTION.  
FUNCTION  
FUNCTION  
2. Press or to select USER SETTINGS.  
1
2
USER SETTINGS  
3. Press START/COPY, then press or to select R-KEY SETTING.  
1
1
2
2
R-KEY SETTING  
4. Press START/COPY, then press or to select PBX.  
PBX  
4-20  
Sending Faxes  
Chapter 4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. Press START/COPY, then press or to select the access line type for the  
switching system.  
1
2
PREFIX  
HOOKING  
EARTH CONNECTION  
6. Press START/COPY.  
If you selected PREFIX in step 5  
ABC  
DEF  
7. Enter the outside line access number using the numeric buttons.  
1
2
3
MNO  
GHI  
JKL  
4
7
5
6
WXYZ  
Ex:  
PQRS  
TUV  
8
9
123456  
0
½
You can enter up to 19 digits for the outside line access number.  
/PAUSE  
8. Press  
REDIAL/PAUSE.  
123456P  
9. Press START/COPY, then press STOP to return to standby mode.  
14:38 FaxOnly  
If you selected EARTH CONNECTION or HOOKING in step 5  
7. Press START/COPY, then press STOP to return to standby mode.  
14:38  
FaxOnly  
Chapter 4  
Sending Faxes  
4-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Long Distance Dialling  
When you register a long distance number, you may have to insert a pause either  
within or after the number. For long distance dialling, the location and length of  
the pause may differ depending on the telephone system.  
How to Enter Pauses  
Use this procedure to enter pauses within or at the end of numbers.  
ABC  
DEF  
1. During dialling registration, when you come to a step that asks you to enter a  
number for dialling, use the numeric buttons to enter the number.  
1
2
3
MNO  
GHI  
JKL  
4
7
5
6
WXYZ  
PQRS  
TUV  
8
9
0
/PAUSE  
2. To enter a pause within a number, press  
/PAUSE.  
To enter a pause at the end of a number, press the  
button and then press the (START/COPY) button.  
A pause entered within a number (p) is four seconds long.  
½
(REDIAL)/PAUSE  
½
½
To make a longer pause within a number, press the  
PAUSE button again. Each pause adds four seconds to the length of the  
pause.  
(REDIAL)/  
½
A pause at the end of a number (P) is fixed to ten seconds.  
4-22  
Sending Faxes  
Chapter 4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Confirming a Dial Tone  
Use this feature only when you register a number. In some areas you may have to  
confirm the dial tone in the middle of the facsimile number before dialling the  
rest of the number. This is called dial tone detection.  
ABC  
DEF  
1. Use the numeric buttons to enter the first part of the number until dial tone  
detection is required.  
1
2
3
MNO  
GHI  
JKL  
4
7
5
6
WXYZ  
PQRS  
TUV  
8
9
TEL=  
348  
0
2. Press FUNCTION.  
FUNCTION  
FUNCTION  
3. When a dial tone detection is required, press D.T.  
TEL= 348.  
5
D.T.  
½
Where the dial tone is inserted, you will see a small dot. During dialling  
this is where the unit waits for the dial tone.  
ABC  
DEF  
4. Use the numeric buttons to enter the remainder of the number.  
1
2
3
MNO  
GHI  
JKL  
4
5
6
WXYZ  
PQRS  
TUV  
7
8
9
0
Chapter 4  
Sending Faxes  
4-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Using Tone Dialling on a Pulse Line  
Even if you have a pulse line, the MultiPASS C50 enables you to use tone dialling  
once you have connected to the number you are calling. This lets you take  
advantage of many services that require tones, such as selecting options from  
telephone ”touch-line” services.  
ABC  
DEF  
1. Pick up the handset and dial the number using the numeric buttons.  
1
2
3
MNO  
GHI  
JKL  
4
7
5
6
WXYZ  
½
The unit connects using the pulses required by your phone line.  
PQRS  
TUV  
8
9
0
2. Press FUNCTION, then press TONE/+ to switch to tone dialling.  
FUNCTION  
½
½
When the TONE/+ button is pressed, T is displayed in the LCD.  
4
Numbers entered after pressing the TONE/+ button will be dialled using  
tone dialling.  
TONE/+  
3. When you have finished, hang up the handset.  
When registering one-touch speed dialling and coded speed dialling numbers, if  
you enter the TONE/+ button after the number, you will switch to tone dialling  
after the phone connection is made.  
Example:  
Operation  
/PAUSE  
/PAUSE  
/PAUSE  
4
1
2
3
5
6
3
4
TONE/+  
Display  
TEL=123456pppT 3  
*
After the number (123456) is dialled, it will pause for 12 seconds (ppp) to allow  
the other party to answer and then it will switch to tone (T). Now you can follow  
the instructions that were recorded by the party you called.  
4-24  
Sending Faxes  
Chapter 4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
If a Power Cut Occurs  
If power to the MultiPASS C50 is cut off, any documents stored in its fax memory  
will be lost. (The MultiPASS C50 automatically prints a list of the lost documents  
when power is restored.) Because of this, you should be sure to print documents  
stored in memory or resend them as soon as possible.  
While power is off, you can only use the MultiPASS C50 to receive telephone  
calls (if you have an extension telephone connected). You cannot make calls, or  
send or receive faxes.  
Memory Clear Report  
If you experience a power failure, all documents stored in memory will be lost.  
As soon as power is restored, the MultiPASS C50 will automatically print a list of  
documents that were stored in memory before the power failure.  
16/12 98 WED 10:12 FAX 321 456 7777  
CANON U.S.A.  
.
001  
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * *  
MEMORY CLEAR REPORT  
*
*
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * *  
MEMORY FILES DELETED  
TX/RX NO  
0001  
MODE  
B’CAST  
CONNECTION TEL/ID  
PGS.  
3
SET TIME  
17/12 98 09:07  
ST. TIME  
[ 01] Canon TOKYO  
[ 02] Canon ESPAÑA  
[ 02] Canon TOKYO  
04:30  
02:00  
0002  
TRANSMIT  
1
17/12 98 10:02  
If there are one or more documents in the image memory when the power is cut  
off, the LCD will display PRINTING REPORT when the power is restored. If  
there is no paper in the sheet feeder at this time, the LCD will also display  
LOAD PAPER. If this happens, load paper in the sheet feeder, press the  
(START/COPY) button and wait for the unit to print the Memory Clear Report.  
You will be unable to send documents or receive faxes in memory until you do  
this. If you have no paper available and you urgently need to send a document or  
receive a fax in memory, press the  
(STOP) button to enable sending and  
receiving. However, please note that once you have pressed the  
button, the unit will no longer print the Memory Clear Report.  
(STOP)  
Chapter 4  
Sending Faxes  
4-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4-26  
Sending Faxes  
Chapter 4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 5  
Receiving Faxes  
This chapter describes how to use your MultiPASS C50 to receive faxes.  
Different Ways to Receive a Fax .............................................................................. 5-2  
Setting the Receive Mode .............................................................................. 5-3  
Receiving Faxes and Phone Calls Automatically: Fax/Tel Mode .............. 5-4  
Receiving Faxes Manually: MANUAL MODE .......................................... 5-6  
Receiving Faxes Automatically: FAX ONLY MODE ................................ 5-8  
Using an Answering Machine: ANS. MACHINE MODE ........................ 5-9  
Using the MultiPASS C50 with an Answering Machine ................. 5-9  
Documents Received in Memory ........................................................................... 5-10  
Messages Displayed When Documents are Received in Memory ......... 5-10  
Printing a Received Fax When Your Computer Is Off ........................................ 5-12  
Receiving While Registering, Copying, or Printing ............................................. 5-13  
Cancelling an Incoming Fax .................................................................................... 5-14  
Chapter 5  
Receiving Faxes  
5-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Different Ways to Receive a Fax  
The MultiPASS C50 provides you with four different modes for receiving faxes.  
To decide which mode will best suit your requirements, consider how you want to  
use the MultiPASS C50:  
½
Fax/Tel Mode: Use this mode if you will occasionally use the MultiPASS C50  
as a telephone. In this mode, if an incoming call is a fax, the MultiPASS C50  
then receives fax calls automatically, without ringing; if the call is from a  
person, the MultiPASS C50 rings to alert you to pick up the handset to answer  
the call. This mode is economical, in that it allows you to have phone and fax  
service without the expense of an additional phone line.  
This mode also includes settings that let you control precisely how it handles  
incoming calls. For details and instructions, see the MultiPASS Desktop  
Manager User’s Guide.  
½
½
½
MANUAL MODE: Use this mode if you will frequently use the MultiPASS  
C50 as a telephone and want to answer every call yourself, including fax calls.  
The MultiPASS C50 then rings for every call, whether phone or fax, and you  
must press the  
(START/COPY) button to begin receiving a fax.  
FAX ONLY MODE: Use this mode if the MultiPASS C50 will be connected  
to a separate telephone line used only for transmitting faxes. The MultiPASS  
C50 answers all calls, but accepts only those from fax machines and  
disconnects all others.  
ANS. MACHINE MODE: Use this mode if you plan to connect an answering  
machine to the MultiPASS C50 to receive faxes and phone messages. The  
MultiPASS C50 then receives incoming faxes normally, and routes incoming  
phone calls to the answering machine.  
Once you have decided which mode you want, set the mode as described in  
”Setting the Receive Mode” on page 5-3. You can change the mode at any time.  
The MultiPASS C50 also offers these additional features to let you customise its  
function to suit your needs:  
½
The MultiPASS Desktop Manager allows you to receive faxes directly into  
your PC, where they will be stored as scanned images.  
½
The MultiPASS C50’s Error Correction Mode (ECM) corrects damaged data  
caused by line errors when receiving from a fax machine that also has ECM  
capability.  
See the MultiPASS Desktop Manager User’s Guide for details on these and other  
functions, and instructions on enabling them.  
5-2  
Receiving Faxes  
Chapter 5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting the Receive Mode  
Set the MultiPASS C50’s receive mode as follows:  
RECEIVE MODE  
1. Press RECEIVE MODE.  
½
The LCD display shows the current receive mode setting.  
FAX ONLY MODE  
RECEIVE MODE  
2. If you want to change the receive mode, press RECEIVE MODE repeatedly  
until the mode you want appears.  
ANS.MACHINE MODE  
Fax/Tel Mode  
MANUAL MODE  
FAX ONLY MODE  
½
After about five seconds, the MultiPASS C50 returns to standby mode and  
displays the time and the new receive mode:  
14:38  
14:38  
14:38  
14:38  
AnsMode  
FaxTel  
Manual  
FaxOnly  
Chapter 5  
Receiving Faxes  
5-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Receiving Faxes and Phone Calls Automatically: Fax/Tel  
Mode  
See page 5-3 to select Fax/Tel Mode.  
In Fax/Tel Mode, the MultiPASS C50 monitors all incoming calls to see whether  
the call is from another fax machine or from a telephone:  
Type of call  
Telephone  
Fax  
Fax  
Sending document manually  
Sending documents  
automatically  
Telephone charges  
MultiPASS C50 answers without ringing  
begin for caller.  
MultiPASS C50 listens for FAX TONE  
(For 8 sec.)  
Listen Time Before  
Ringing  
FAX TONE detected  
Document received  
automatically.  
(Factory default setting =  
8 sec.)  
(FAX TONE is detected and  
the MultiPASS C50  
switches to receive mode.)  
FAX TONE is not detected  
MultiPASS C50 starts ringing  
Pick up the handset to  
talk.  
F/T RING TIME  
(Factory default setting =  
22 sec.)  
If you do not pick up the handset  
(within 22 seconds)  
Default Action if No Answer to Telephone  
Choose between:  
Receive (factory default setting) and Disconnect  
DISCONNECT  
MultiPASS C50 disconnects  
the call.  
RECEIVE  
(Factory default setting)  
5-4  
Receiving Faxes  
Chapter 5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
½
½
If the call is from a fax machine, the MultiPASS C50 receives the fax  
automatically.  
If the call is a telephone call, the MultiPASS C50 rings to alert you to pick up  
the handset. If you do not pick up the handset within 22 seconds, the  
MultiPASS C50 stops ringing, checks again to make sure the call is not from a  
fax machine, then hangs up. (You can use the MultiPASS Desktop Manager to  
change the 22 seconds, increasing the amount of time the MultiPASS C50  
rings before it hangs up.)  
½
½
Not all fax machines are capable of sending a FAX TONE. For those cases  
you can set your MultiPASS C50 to switch to receive mode automatically and  
start receiving the document. If no document comes in, it disconnects after  
approximately 35 seconds. See the MultiPASS Desktop Manager User’s Guide  
for instructions on setting this switch.  
If the MultiPASS C50 runs out of paper or if its BJ cartridge runs out of ink  
while the unit is receiving a fax, it receives the remainder of the fax into its  
memory.  
½
½
To stop receiving a fax before it is complete, press the  
If the ALARM light flashes, make sure the error is corrected and then press  
the (STOP) button. See ”The Alarm light comes on.…” under ”Printing  
Problems” on page 8-19.  
(STOP) button.  
Chapter 5  
Receiving Faxes  
5-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Receiving Faxes Manually: MANUAL MODE  
See page 5-3 to select Manual Mode.  
To use this feature, the optional handset or a telephone must be plugged into the  
telephone jack of the MultiPASS C50. See ”Connecting the Optional Handset, a  
Telephone or Answering Machine” on page 2-17. You must also use the  
MultiPASS Desktop Manager to enable the REMOTE RX setting and select the  
two-digit ID code (the default code is 25). For details, see the MultiPASS  
Desktop Manager User’s Guide.  
If you use your MultiPASS C50 with MANUAL MODE, answer incoming calls  
as follows:  
1. When the MultiPASS C50 rings, pick up the handset.  
If you hear a person’s voice:  
2. Start your conversation. If the caller wants to send a document after talking  
to you, wait on the line until you hear a slow beep, then press START/COPY  
to begin receiving the document.  
If you hear a slow beep or silence:  
2. A fax machine is trying to send you a document.  
Press START/COPY on the MultiPASS C50.  
-or-  
Ex:  
Enter the two-digit ID code from the extension phone, then hang up.  
2 5  
½
½
The MultiPASS C50 then begins receiving the document. (This is  
particularly convenient if your extension phone is located away from the  
MultiPASS C50.)  
If you do not hang up after pressing the two-digit ID code, the unit beeps  
intermittently for a few seconds after you receive the document. (You can  
turn the beeping off by disabling the OFFHOOK ALARM from the  
Desktop Manager. See the MultiPASS Desktop Manager User’s Guide for  
details.)  
5-6  
Receiving Faxes  
Chapter 5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
If you have an answering machine connected to your MultiPASS C50 that can  
carry out remote-control operations (controlling your answering machine from a  
remote telephone), the security code for this function may be the same as the  
two-digit ID code described above. If so, make sure you change the MultiPASS  
C50’s two-digit ID code to make it distinct from the answering machine’s security  
code. See the MultiPASS Desktop Manager User’s Guide for instructions on  
changing the two digit ID code.  
Chapter 5  
Receiving Faxes  
5-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Receiving Faxes Automatically: FAX ONLY MODE  
When the MultiPASS C50 is set up for a dedicated line, set FAX ONLY MODE  
to automatically receive documents whenever a call comes over the fax line.  
1. Make sure the MultiPASS C50 is set up to receive over a dedicated fax line.  
RECEIVE MODE  
2. Press RECEIVE MODE to select FAX ONLY MODE.  
FAX ONLY MODE  
½
½
The MultiPASS C50 assumes all incoming calls are from fax machines  
sending documents. It receives the documents automatically and  
disconnects all voice calls.  
In FAX ONLY MODE, you can control whether or not the MultiPASS  
C50 rings when it receives a fax call by enabling or disabling the Silent  
Receive setting with the MultiPASS Desktop Manager. However, please  
note that even if you enable this setting, the MultiPASS C50 will only ring  
if you have a telephone or the optional handset connected to it. See the  
MultiPASS Desktop Manager User’s Guide for details.  
5-8  
Receiving Faxes  
Chapter 5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Using an Answering Machine: ANS. MACHINE MODE  
Connecting an answering machine to the MultiPASS C50 allows you to receive  
faxes and phone messages while you are out of the office.  
In ANS. MACHINE MODE, the MultiPASS C50 allows the answering machine  
to answer incoming calls, then listens for a fax tone or for four seconds of silence  
(also an indication that a fax is coming in), and automatically receives the fax if it  
detects the fax tone or a four-second silence.  
For instructions on connecting an answering machine to the MultiPASS C50, see  
”Connecting the Optional Handset, a Telephone, or Answering Machine” on  
page 2-17.  
Canon does not recommend using an ”answering service” (like those offered by  
local telephone companies that provide voice mail) on the telephone line you are  
connecting to the MultiPASS C50. If you do subscribe to an answering service,  
you may want to dedicate a separate line for fax communication only and  
connect that line to the MultiPASS C50.  
Using the MultiPASS C50 with an Answering Machine  
Follow these guidelines in using the MultiPASS C50 with an answering machine:  
½
½
Set the answering machine to answer on the first or second ring.  
If the MultiPASS C50 runs out of paper or ink in ANS. MACHINE MODE, it  
receives all faxes into memory. The faxes then print automatically when you  
add paper or replace the BJ ink cartridge.  
½
When recording the outgoing message on the answering machine:  
¼
¼
Leave a four-second pause at the beginning of the message.  
The entire message, including the four-second pause, must be no more  
than 15 seconds long.  
¼
In the message, tell your callers how to send a fax. For example:  
”Hello. I can’t answer the phone right now, but please leave a message  
after the beep. I’ll return your call as soon as possible. If you would  
like to send a fax, press the start button on your fax machine after you  
leave your message. Thank you.”  
Chapter 5  
Receiving Faxes  
5-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Documents Received in Memory  
The MultiPASS C50 will automatically receive incoming faxes into its memory if  
it encounters a problem that prevents it from printing normally. The LCD will  
display REC’D IN MEMORY and a message showing the problem. See below  
for correcting the problem.  
½
½
The MultiPASS C50 memory can store up to approximately 42 A4-size pages.  
Once the problem is solved, press the (STOP) button. The MultiPASS C50  
will then print the stored faxes, and delete them from memory.  
Messages Displayed When Documents are Received in  
Memory  
If the MultiPASS C50 receives a document into its memory, the LCD displays  
one of the following messages. These messages show the action you must take to  
correct the problem.  
CHANGE CARTRIDGE  
Cause: The BJ cartridge ran out of ink or is not installed properly.  
Action: Make sure the cartridge is installed properly, and install a new one if  
needed. See ”Replacing the BJ Cartridge” on page 9-12 or ”Replacing  
an Ink Tank in the BC-21/21e Colour BJ Cartridge” on page 9-17.  
PUT IN CARTRIDGE  
Cause: There is no BJ cartridge in the MultiPASS C50.  
Action: Install a BJ cartridge. See ”Installing the BJ Cartridge” on page 2-31.  
5-10  
Receiving Faxes  
Chapter 5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LOAD PAPER  
Cause: The MultiPASS C50 ran out of paper.  
Action: Add paper to the sheet feeder and press the  
(STOP) button. See  
”Loading Print Media for Automatic Feed” on page 2-45.  
CLEAR PAPER JAM  
Cause: A paper jam occurred.  
Action: Clear the jam, then press the  
(STOP) button. See ”Paper Jams” on  
page 8-6.  
Chapter 5  
Receiving Faxes  
5-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing A Received Fax When Your Computer  
Is Off  
To print received faxes rather than transferring them to your PC, do not turn on  
your PC and follow these steps:  
1. Press FUNCTION.  
FUNCTION  
FUNCTION  
2. Press or to select FILE PRINT.  
1
2
FILE PRINT  
3. Press START/COPY.  
½
The MultiPASS C50 then prints all received faxes currently in memory.  
When you print the fax, it is erased from memory and can no longer be  
transferred to the PC.  
5-12  
Receiving Faxes  
Chapter 5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Receiving While Registering, Copying, or  
Printing  
Since the MultiPASS C50 is a multitasking device, it can receive faxes and phone  
calls while you are entering your user information or other settings, making  
copies, or printing a report.  
If your MultiPASS C50 is set to print received faxes, the faxes are stored in  
memory if they arrive while you are making copies or printing. Then, as soon as  
you finish making copies or printing, the MultiPASS C50 automatically prints the  
fax. If you are entering registration information, the fax is printed as soon as it is  
received, and does not go into memory.  
Chapter 5  
Receiving Faxes  
5-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Cancelling an Incoming Fax  
To cancel an incoming fax, follow this procedure:  
1. Press STOP.  
CANCEL? YES #NO  
*
2. Press to stop receiving, or # to resume receiving a fax.  
*
5-14  
Receiving Faxes  
Chapter 5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 6  
Scanning Documents and Making  
Copies  
This chapter describes how to load documents into the MultiPASS C50 for faxing,  
copying, or scanning, and tells how to make copies.  
Scanning Documents .................................................................................................. 6-2  
Types of Documents You Can Scan .............................................................. 6-2  
Effective Image Size ............................................................................ 6-4  
Selecting Automatic/Manual Document Feed ............................................. 6-5  
Loading Documents for Automatic Feed ......................................... 6-6  
Loading Documents for Manual Feed ............................................ 6-10  
Adding Pages to the Document in the Automatic Document Feeder  
(ADF) ......................................................................................................... 6-12  
Making Copies ........................................................................................................... 6-13  
Chapter 6  
Scanning Documents and Making Copies  
6-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Scanning Documents  
The first step in scanning a document is to load the document into the MultiPASS  
C50’s Automatic Document Feeder (ADF). You can then use the MultiPASS  
Desktop Manager to scan documents and save the scanned images as .TIF, .BMP,  
.PCX, or .DCX files. The MultiPASS C50 can also scan documents directly into  
any Windows application with a TWAIN-compatible interface.  
Once you have scanned the document, you can use the Desktop Manager to view  
the document on your PC’s monitor, as well as save, rotate, print, or copy it to the  
PC’s clipboard. You can also process the scanned image using applications such  
as Adobe PageMakeră, Adobe Photoshopă, Zsoft PhotoFinishTM, and Caere  
WordScanTM  
.
This chapter describes the types of documents you can scan and how to load the  
documents for scanning. For instructions on faxing a scanned document, see  
Chapter 4, ”Sending Faxes.” For instructions on using the MultiPASS Desktop  
Manager to scan documents, see the MultiPASS Desktop Manager User’s Guide.  
For information on using other applications to scan documents or process images,  
refer to the application’s documentation.  
Types of Documents You Can Scan  
The documents you load into the MultiPASS C50 must meet these requirements:  
When the document feed lever is set to Automatic Document Feed:  
Size:  
Maximum: 216 mm × approx. 1m  
Minimum: 210 × 148 mm  
Up to 20 A4-size, 20 letter-size, or 10 legal-size pages  
(1 page for sizes other than these)  
0.08-0.13 mm  
Quantity:  
Thickness:  
(For pages thicker than this, load one page at a time)  
All sheets should be of the same thickness.  
75-90 g/m2  
Weight:  
All sheets should be of the same weight.  
6-2  
Scanning Documents and Making Copies  
Chapter 6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
When the document feed lever is set to Manual Document Feed:  
Size:  
Maximum: 216 mm × approx. 1m  
Minimum: 80 × 45 mm  
1 page  
Quantity:  
Thickness:  
Weight:  
0.08-0.43 mm  
90-340 g/m2  
Problem documents  
½
To prevent paper jams in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF), do not use  
any of the following in the MultiPASS C50:  
WRINKLED OR  
CREASED PAPER  
CURLED OR ROLLED  
PAPER  
TORN PAPER  
CARBON PAPER OR  
CARBON-BACKED  
PAPER  
COATED PAPER  
ONION SKIN OR THIN  
PAPER  
½
½
½
Remove all staples, paper clips, or any other fasteners before loading the  
document into the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF).  
Make sure any glue, ink, or correction fluid on the paper is completely dry  
before loading the document into the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF).  
If you have a document that will not feed into the MultiPASS C50 properly,  
make a photocopy of the document, then load the copy instead.  
Chapter 6  
Scanning Documents and Making Copies  
6-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Effective Image Size  
The MultiPASS C50 does not scan the areas within the maximum margins of  
4.5 mm on either side of the sheet and 4.0 mm on the top and bottom. Make sure  
your document’s text and graphics do not extend into these margins.  
MAX. 4.0 mm  
A4  
MAX. 4.0 mm  
MAX. 4.5 mm  
MAX. 4.5 mm  
6-4  
Scanning Documents and Making Copies  
Chapter 6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Selecting Automatic/Manual Document Feed  
The document feed lever allows you to select whether the Automatic Document  
Feeder (ADF) feeds documents automatically. If set to automatic document feed,  
a multipage document will automatically feed page by page through the  
Automatic Document Feeder (ADF). The icons below the document feed lever  
show you which setting you should use according to your document: the icon  
showing several sheets ( ) is for automatic document feed, and the icon showing  
a single sheet ( ) is for manual feed.  
Use automatic document feed ( ) for documents that meet the requirements on  
page 6-2. However, if you have difficulty sending with this setting, or find that  
several sheets feed into the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) at the same  
time, try using manual feed ( ).  
For documents that do not meet the requirements on page 6-2, use manual  
document feed ( ) and load one sheet at a time. These documents include very  
thick or thin paper, small documents (postcards, business cards), documents with  
uneven surfaces, photos, special types of paper (thick paper with a glossy finish,  
for example), and carrier sheets.  
In order to protect the surface or your photos and other delicate documents from  
being damaged when feeding through the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF),  
place the document in a carrier sheet. For details on the carrier sheet, contact  
your authorised Canon dealer or the Canon help line.  
Automatic document feed  
Manual document feed  
Chapter 6  
Scanning Documents and Making Copies  
6-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Loading Documents for Automatic Feed  
1. Make sure the document feed lever is set to automatic document feed.  
2. If the document has multiple pages, tap it on a flat surface to even the stack’s  
edges.  
6-6  
Scanning Documents and Making Copies  
Chapter 6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. Adjust the document guides to the width of the document.  
A4  
LTR  
4. Gently insert the document face-down (top of the document towards you)  
into the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) until you hear a beep.  
Chapter 6  
Scanning Documents and Making Copies  
6-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
The document is now ready for scanning. The MultiPASS C50 automatically  
feeds the pages one by one from the bottom of the stack.  
6-8  
Scanning Documents and Making Copies  
Chapter 6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Trouble With Multipage Documents  
If you have trouble feeding a multipage document, do the following:  
1. Remove the stack and tap it on a flat surface to even the edges.  
2. ”Slant” the stack so that its front edge is bevelled as shown below, then insert  
the stack into the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF).  
½
½
½
If you have further trouble with page jams while feeding, see ”Jams in the  
Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)” on page 8-6.  
You cannot feed a multipage document of thick media, such as postcards or  
business cards.  
Wait until all pages of your document have been scanned completely before  
starting a new scanning job.  
Chapter 6  
Scanning Documents and Making Copies  
6-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Loading Documents for Manual Feed  
1. Make sure the document feed lever is set to manual document feed.  
When using manual feed, use a carrier sheet to avoid scratching the surface of  
important documents (photographs, for example).  
2. Adjust the document guides to the width of the document.  
A4  
LTR  
6-10  
Scanning Documents and Making Copies  
Chapter 6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. Gently insert the document face-down (top of the document towards you)  
into the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) until you hear a beep.  
The document is now ready for scanning.  
Chapter 6  
Scanning Documents and Making Copies  
6-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Adding Pages to the Document in the Automatic Document  
Feeder (ADF)  
When the MultiPASS C50 is set for automatic document feed, the Automatic  
Document Feeder (ADF) can hold up to 20 A4-size, 20 letter-size, or 10 legal-size  
pages at a time (75-90 g/m2 paper, between 0.08 and 0.13 mm thick). If your  
document has more pages than this, you can add pages while the MultiPASS C50  
is scanning, as follows:  
1. Wait until the last sheet in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) starts  
feeding.  
2. Load up to 20 additional sheets (10 legal size).  
½
Insert the first new page so that it overlaps the last page by about 2.5 cm.  
2.5 cm  
6-12  
Scanning Documents and Making Copies  
Chapter 6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Making Copies  
One of the MultiPASS C50’s convenient features is its ability to make up to 99  
high-quality copies of a document. To make copies, do the following:  
Be sure to adjust the document feed lever before loading your document. See  
page 6-5 for details.  
1. Prepare the document and load, face down, into the Automatic Document  
Feeder (ADF).  
½
Once the document is loaded, the LCD display shows the following:  
MEMORY USED 0%  
FINE  
(Currently used memory)  
(Current resolution for fax sending)  
(Standby to scan)  
DOCUMENT READY  
2. Press START/COPY.  
½
The display now shows COPY, the reduction size the copy will be printed  
at (the default is 100%), and the number of copies (the default is 1):  
COPY 100% 01  
RESOLUTION  
3. To change the copying resolution, press RESOLUTION.  
FINE  
PHOTO  
(FINE resolution with halftone)  
COLOR FINE  
COLOR DRAFT  
COLOR SNAPSHOT  
Chapter 6  
Scanning Documents and Making Copies  
6-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
½
When copying in black and white:  
¼
You cannot make copies in STANDARD resolution, but must use FINE  
or PHOTO resolution instead. (STANDARD does not appear as one of  
the available resolutions.)  
¼
¼
FINE resolution works well for copying most text documents.  
Use PHOTO resolution when copying documents that contain  
photographs. This scans areas of the document that contain photos with  
256 levels of grey, and results in a much better reproduction of the  
photograph.  
½
When copying in colour:  
¼
COLOR FINE resolution takes longer than other settings, but its 360 ×  
360 dpi results in a much better quality reproduction.  
¼
¼
COLOR DRAFT resolution is 180 × 360 dpi.  
Use COLOR SNAPSHOT when scanning photos that are less than 102  
mm wide. The resolution is 360 × 360 dpi.  
½
½
Colour copying speeds are as follows:  
¼
¼
¼
COLOR FINE resolution, A4-size page: 9 minutes, 44 seconds.  
COLOR DRAFT resolution, A4-size page: 6 minutes, 3 seconds.  
Use COLOR SNAPSHOT resolution, 102 × 152 mm photograph: 3  
minutes, 51 seconds.  
You cannot use the BC-22/22e Photo Colour BJ cartridge nor the BC-29F  
Fluorescent BJ cartridge for making copies. These cartridges are only to be  
used for printing colour documents from your PC.  
4. If you want to reduce the size of the copies, use the and buttons to select  
the reduction percentage you want (70%, 80%, 90%, or 100%).  
1
2
Ex:  
COPY  
80%  
01  
ABC  
DEF  
5. If you want to make multiple copies, use the numeric buttons to enter the  
number of copies (up to 99):  
1
2
3
MNO  
GHI  
JKL  
4
7
5
6
WXYZ  
PQRS  
TUV  
8
9
½
You can only make one colour copy at a time.  
0
COPY 80% 35  
6-14  
Scanning Documents and Making Copies  
Chapter 6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Press START/COPY to begin copying:  
COPY  
½
½
To stop copying, press  
panel to remove the document. See ”Jams in the Automatic Document  
Feeder (ADF)” on page 8-6.  
(STOP). You may then need to lift the operation  
If an error occurs during copying, the message START AGAIN appears in  
the display, and you will need to reload the document and start copying  
again.  
If MEMORY FULL appears in the display while you are making multiple copies  
of a document, you will not be able to use the multiple copy feature for copying  
the document. Instead, you will need to make single copies of the document (as  
many times as required). To correct this situation, print out any documents stored  
in memory. See page 5-12.  
Chapter 6  
Scanning Documents and Making Copies  
6-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6-16  
Scanning Documents and Making Copies  
Chapter 6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 7  
Printing From Your PC  
This chapter describes how to use the MultiPASS C50 to print from your PC. It  
describes how to prepare the print media, and gives some advice on printing with  
colour.  
Paper Handling ........................................................................................................... 7-2  
Selecting Paper Types ..................................................................................... 7-2  
Printing on Envelopes ..................................................................................... 7-2  
Some Advice for Colour Printing ............................................................................. 7-6  
Selecting Paper and Other Print Media ....................................................... 7-6  
Understanding Your Application’s Capabilities .......................................... 7-6  
Understanding Your Computer’s Monitor and Colour .............................. 7-7  
Improving Print Speed .................................................................................... 7-8  
Controlling Printing Costs .............................................................................. 7-9  
Chapter 7  
Printing From Your PC  
7-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Paper Handling  
This section describes how to prepare the print media for use in your  
MultiPASS C50.  
Selecting Paper Types  
One of the most important things you can do to achieve the best possible print  
quality is to select the best medium for your particular print requirements. See  
”Selecting the Print Media,” on page 2-37 for guidelines to help you choose the  
right media.  
Printing on Envelopes  
The MultiPASS C50’s sheet feeder can hold up to 10 envelopes. European DL  
envelopes and U.S. Commercial No. 10 (COM10) envelopes are recommended.  
You may be able to stack envelopes of other sizes in the sheet feeder, but Canon  
cannot guarantee consistent performance on envelope sizes other than DL or  
Commercial No. 10.  
Avoid printing on any of the following, as they can cause jams or smears, or  
damage your MultiPASS C50:  
½
½
½
½
Envelopes with windows, holes, perforations, cutouts, or double flaps  
Envelopes made with special coated paper or deeply embossed paper  
Envelopes using peel-off sealing strips  
Envelopes containing letters  
7-2  
Printing From Your PC  
Chapter 7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Follow these steps to stack envelopes in the sheet feeder.  
1. Arrange the stack of envelopes on a firm, clean surface and press down firmly  
on the envelopes’ edges to make the folds crisp.  
½
Press all the way around the envelopes to remove any curls and expel air  
from inside the envelopes. Also, press firmly on the area that corresponds  
to the edges of the flap.  
FLAP  
PRESS DOWN FIRMLY ON THE EDGES OF THE FLAP.  
2. Remove any curling from the envelopes by holding the edge of the envelopes  
diagonally and bending them gently.  
Chapter 7  
Printing From Your PC  
7-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. Make sure the flaps of the envelopes are flat and not curled.  
FLAP  
4. Open the printer cover by grasping the document guides and lifting to make  
sure the paper thickness lever is set properly.  
½
For more details, see ”Adjusting the Paper Thickness Lever”  
on page 2-42.  
DO NOT TOUCH THE  
GUIDE RAIL  
DO NOT TOUCH THE  
RIBBON CABLE  
5. Close the printer cover.  
7-4  
Printing From Your PC  
Chapter 7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Slide the stack of envelopes into the sheet feeder until it stops.  
½
Align the paper guide with the left edge of the stack.  
P A R A V I O N  
P H O N E : ( 0 4 4 ) 8 1 1 - 2 1 1 1  
3 - 1 6 - 1 , S H I M O N O G E , T A K A T U K U , K A W A S A K I - S H I , K A N A G A W A 2 1 3 , J A P A N  
C A N O N I N C .  
The MultiPASS C50 is now ready to print envelopes.  
Chapter 7  
Printing From Your PC  
7-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Some Advice for Colour Printing  
Your Canon MultiPASS C50 is a powerful colour printer. If this is the first time  
you have used a colour printer, read this section for some tips on printing with  
colour effectively.  
Colour lets you strengthen the visual impact of reports, memos, and  
presentations. Colour captures your readers’ attention, holds their interest, and  
increases their understanding of your message. You do not have to be an artist or  
a graphic designer to use colour effectively, but you do need software that  
supports colour printing, and you need to spend some time thinking about how  
best to use colour to highlight important information. Without careful planning,  
you can overuse colour, and actually detract from the document’s content.  
Selecting Paper and Other Print Media  
Selecting the right print media is crucial for achieving the best possible print  
quality. See ”Selecting the Print Media” on page 2-37 for guidelines to help you  
choose the right media for your particular print requirements.  
If you use coated paper, the colours may print out differently from what you  
expect.  
Understanding Your Application’s Capabilities  
It is important that you know how to correctly use the application you will be  
printing from, and its capabilities and limitations for colour printing.  
Your MultiPASS C50 can reproduce up to 16.7 million different colours, but the  
number you can actually print depends on the application you use. Some  
applications have restrictions on how they can use colour: see your application’s  
documentation to see if it has any such restrictions.  
7-6  
Printing From Your PC  
Chapter 7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Your application may also offer a number of colour-control functions, such as  
dithering, intensity, or hue:  
½
½
½
Dithering creates colours with patterns of alternating dots. For example, an  
alternating red and white dither pattern can create pink.  
Intensity (saturation) lets you adjust the depth of a colour if the printout  
appears lighter or darker than the image on the monitor.  
Hue allows you to change a colour’s hue. For example, you can adjust the hue  
of red to make it more purple.  
For details about these functions, see your application’s documentation.  
Understanding Your Computer’s Monitor and Colour  
Be sure you know what type of monitor your PC has. Monitors are classified by  
their resolution and by the number of different colours they can display. The  
following factors can affect how well the colours on your printed page match the  
colours displayed on your monitor:  
Monitors create the colours they display by combining red, green, and blue at  
different intensities. Printers create colours by combining overlaying dots of cyan,  
yellow, magenta, and black in a variety of combinations with varying amounts of  
ink.  
The MultiPASS C50 is optimised to provide the best colour match possible of  
printed output with popular monitors. Yet, because monitors and printers use  
such different methods to create colour, achieving an accurate match between  
your printed image and the image on your monitor can be extremely difficult in  
some cases.  
To maximise the colour-matching capabilities of your MultiPASS C50, use a 24-  
bit colour monitor and video card. For details about your monitor’s ability to  
display colour, see the monitor’s documentation.  
Chapter 7  
Printing From Your PC  
7-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Improving Print Speed  
The MultiPASS C50 can produce a full spectrum of up to 16.7 million colours.  
When printing with black ink only, the driver only has to process information for  
one colour. When printing in colour, however, the MultiPASS C50 has to process  
significantly more information and prints more slowly.  
To improve colour printing speed, try the following:  
½
½
½
Increase the amount of RAM in your computer.  
Use a computer with a faster processor.  
Use only one application at a time, and turn off any screen savers or other  
memory-resident applications.  
½
½
½
Limit the number of colours you use.  
Use smaller graphics and more white space in your documents.  
When printing presentation graphics, use only the MultiPASS C50’s primary  
colours: black, cyan, magenta, and yellow.  
½
½
Use Draft mode printing when not producing a final copy.  
Use plain paper and set the Media Type to Plain Paper on your PC. This sets  
the MultiPASS C50 to make only one pass for each printed line. See the  
MultiPASS Desktop Manager User’s Guide.  
½
½
Print drafts in black only, or in Draft colour mode. This both reduces your  
colour ink consumption and speeds up printing.  
See the MultiPASS Desktop Manager User’s Guide for other suggestions for  
improving print speed.  
7-8  
Printing From Your PC  
Chapter 7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Controlling Printing Costs  
Printing in colour costs more than printing in black. To keep your colour printing  
costs down, follow these guidelines:  
½
Use Draft mode with the BC-21/21e Colour BJ cartridge or the BC-22/22e  
Photo Colour BJ cartridge to print drafts. Or use the BC-20 Black BJ  
cartridge.  
½
½
For graphs and charts, set the fill option to coloured hatch patterns instead of  
solid colours. Hatch patterns require less ink.  
Use lighter colours that incorporate more white space. For example, use pink  
instead of red. The MultiPASS C50 produces light colours by alternating  
coloured dots with white (unprinted) dots, and so uses less ink.  
½
½
Avoid full-colour backgrounds. If you must use one, do not set the  
background for colour until you are ready for final printing.  
Some applications allow you to condense several pages of data onto a single  
page for draft printing.  
Chapter 7  
Printing From Your PC  
7-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7-10  
Printing From Your PC  
Chapter 7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 8  
Troubleshooting  
If You Cannot Solve the Problem ............................................................................ 8-3  
Problems Index ........................................................................................................... 8-4  
Paper Jams ........................................................................................................ 8-6  
Jams in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) ........................... 8-6  
Jams in the Sheet Feeder .................................................................... 8-8  
Problems Feeding Paper Into the MultiPASS C50 Sheet Feeder ............. 8-9  
Faxing Problems ............................................................................................. 8-12  
Sending Faxes ..................................................................................... 8-12  
Receiving Faxes .................................................................................. 8-14  
Telephone Problems ...................................................................................... 8-17  
Copying Problems ......................................................................................... 8-18  
Printing Problems .......................................................................................... 8-19  
Print Quality Problems ................................................................................. 8-24  
Colour Printing and Copying Problems ..................................................... 8-26  
General Problems .......................................................................................... 8-29  
Error Codes, Messages, and Solutions ................................................................... 8-30  
Chapter 8  
Troubleshooting  
8-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
If your MultiPASS C50 is not operating properly, use the information and  
suggestions in this chapter to try to solve the problem.  
In addition, while some problems will have a single cause, others will have a  
combination of causes. In the latter cases, you may need to use a process of  
elimination to find the cause and correct the problem. For example, many  
printing problems are related to how your software interacts with the MultiPASS  
C50. If you were having trouble printing, but found that your MultiPASS C50  
could make copies correctly, you would know that the problem was with your  
computer, software, or cables, and not with the MultiPASS C50 itself.  
If the MultiPASS C50 makes strange noises, emits smoke, or strange smells,  
unplug it immediately and contact your local authorised Canon dealer or the  
Canon help line. Do not attempt to disassemble or repair the unit yourself.  
8-2  
Troubleshooting  
Chapter 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
If You Cannot Solve the Problem  
If you have a problem with your MultiPASS C50 and cannot solve it using the  
information in this chapter, contact your local authorised Canon dealer or the  
Canon help line.  
Attempting to repair the MultiPASS C50 yourself may void the limited warranty.  
Before contacting your local authorised Canon dealer or the Canon help line,  
make sure you have the following information about your MultiPASS C50:  
½
½
The unit’s name: MultiPASS C50  
The MultiPASS C50’s serial number (on a label on the back of the  
MultiPASS C50)  
H12103  
CANON INC.  
MADE IN JAPAN  
SERIAL No.  
X X X X X X X  
½
½
The MultiPASS C50’s ROM version number (to find this, contact the Canon  
help line)  
The MultiPASS Desktop Manager version number (see the MultiPASS  
Desktop Manager User’s Guide )  
½
½
½
Where you purchased the unit  
A detailed description of the problem  
The steps you have taken to solve the problem, and the results  
Chapter 8  
Troubleshooting  
8-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Problems Index  
Problem  
See page  
Problems Feeding Paper Into the MultiPASS C50 Sheet Feeder  
Paper does not feed into the MultiPASS C50 sheet feeder ............ 8-9  
Printing is skewed ................................................................................ 8-9  
Several sheets load into the MultiPASS C50 at once .................... 8-10  
Transparencies or back print film do not feed correctly ............... 8-10  
The paper jams repeatedly ................................................................ 8-10  
Envelopes will not feed ..................................................................... 8-11  
Faxing Problems  
You cannot send a fax ....................................................................... 8-12  
Images on faxes received from the MultiPASS C50 are  
spotted or dirty ............................................................................... 8-13  
The MultiPASS C50 cannot send a fax using ECM ...................... 8-13  
Errors occur frequently while sending faxes .................................. 8-13  
The MultiPASS C50 cannot receive faxes automatically .............. 8-14  
The MultiPASS C50 will not switch between telephone and fax  
calls automatically .......................................................................... 8-15  
The MultiPASS C50 will not receive faxes manually .................... 8-15  
The print quality is poor .................................................................... 8-16  
The MultiPASS C50 cannot receive faxes using ECM .................. 8-16  
Nothing prints ..................................................................................... 8-16  
Received faxes are blotched or uneven .......................................... 8-17  
Errors occur frequently while receiving .......................................... 8-17  
Telephone Problems  
The MultiPASS C50 cannot dial ...................................................... 8-17  
The phone disconnects while you are talking on the line ............. 8-17  
Copying Problems  
The MultiPASS C50 will not make a copy ...................................... 8-18  
MEMORY FULL appears in the LCD display when you are  
making multiple copies .................................................................. 8-18  
8-4  
Troubleshooting  
Chapter 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Problem  
See page  
Printing Problems  
The ALARM light comes on and the MultiPASS C50 beeps  
while printing .................................................................................. 8-19  
Nothing prints ..................................................................................... 8-20  
The BJ cartridge moves, but no print appears on the paper ........ 8-21  
The MultiPASS C50 suspends printing after each line ................. 8-21  
Your PC indicates a device time-out ............................................... 8-21  
The printed output is not what you expected ................................ 8-22  
Printout does not match paper size ................................................. 8-23  
The printout curls ............................................................................... 8-23  
Print Quality Problems  
Print is not clear ................................................................................. 8-24  
Output appears jagged ...................................................................... 8-24  
The printout has dots of ink splashed on it .................................... 8-24  
The printout has white streaks or missing dots .............................. 8-24  
Output is faint ..................................................................................... 8-25  
Printing takes too much time ............................................................ 8-25  
The printout contains blurred or smudged ink .............................. 8-25  
Colour Printing and Copying Problems  
Colours are missing, and the output contains only black ink ....... 8-26  
Colours are broken or uneven .......................................................... 8-26  
Colours generally print incorrectly .................................................. 8-27  
Colours in a line are uneven or different from those in  
previous lines .................................................................................. 8-27  
Hue changes ........................................................................................ 8-28  
Printed blue looks purple .................................................................. 8-28  
Colour images are missing some detail ........................................... 8-28  
General Problems  
The MultiPASS C50 has no power .................................................. 8-29  
The MultiPASS C50 will not print reports ...................................... 8-29  
Nothing appears in the LCD display ............................................... 8-29  
Chapter 8  
Troubleshooting  
8-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Paper Jams  
On occasion, the document feeding into the MultiPASS C50’s Automatic  
Document Feeder (ADF) or the paper in its sheet feeder may misfeed or jam. If  
this happens, you can usually fix the problem using one of the following  
procedures.  
You do not need to unplug the MultiPASS C50 while clearing paper jams.  
Jams in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)  
Use this procedure if the document in the MultiPASS C50’s Automatic  
Document Feeder (ADF) jams or misfeeds. (If this occurs, the message CHECK  
DOCUMENT appears in the display.)  
1. Press STOP.  
Do not try to pull the document out without opening the operation panel, or you  
may tear or smudge the document.  
2. Open the operation panel by gently pulling it toward you.  
8-6  
Troubleshooting  
Chapter 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. Remove the jammed page by pulling it in either direction.  
If the paper does not pull out easily, do not force it. Contact your local authorised  
Canon dealer or the Canon help line.  
4. Gently push the operation panel shut until it clicks.  
5. Press STOP to clear the error message.  
6. If you have a multipage document, remove the entire document from the  
Automatic Document Feeder (ADF), and reload it, following the instructions  
in ”Loading Documents for Automatic Feed” on page 6-6.  
Chapter 8  
Troubleshooting  
8-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Jams in the Sheet Feeder  
Use this procedure if the recording paper jams or misfeeds in the sheet feeder. If  
this happens, the message CLEAR PAPER JAM appears in the display.  
1. Gently pull any jammed paper out of the unit as shown.  
2. Remove the paper stack from the sheet feeder and reload it, following the  
instructions in ”Loading Print Media for Automatic Feed” on page 2-45.  
½
Make sure you push the paper to the back and right of the sheet feeder,  
and that the stack is not higher than the paper limit mark (  
2-47 for more details.  
). See page  
3. Press STOP to clear the error message.  
½
If the ALARM light is on, press the RESUME button to clear the error  
message.  
½
If you are printing from a Windows application, follow the instructions  
displayed by the software on your PC.  
If the paper jam occurred while a fax was being received into the MultiPASS  
C50’s memory, that fax will print automatically when the jam is cleared.  
8-8  
Troubleshooting  
Chapter 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Problems Feeding Paper into the Sheet Feeder  
If you are having problems feeding paper or other media into the MultiPASS  
C50’s sheet feeder, check the following table.  
Whenever you correct one of these problems, be sure to remove the paper from  
the sheet feeder and load it again. See page 2-45.  
The following problems can also cause the paper to jam in the unit. See page 8-6  
for instructions on clearing paper jams.  
Problem  
Possible cause  
Solution  
Paper does not feed into the  
MultiPASS C50 sheet feeder  
The sheet feeder may contain  
too many sheets.  
Make sure the sheet feeder is  
not filled past the limit mark  
(
). See page 2-47.  
Paper may not be inserted in  
the sheet feeder correctly.  
Make sure paper is inserted all  
the way into the sheet feeder.  
See page 2-45.  
Printing is skewed  
Paper may not be stacked  
correctly in the sheet feeder.  
Make sure the stack of paper is  
straight in the sheet feeder.  
Make sure the right side of the  
stack of paper is aligned with the  
right side of the sheet feeder,  
and that the paper guide is  
aligned against the left side of  
the stack. See page 2-47.  
Make sure the paper exit path is  
clear.  
Chapter 8  
Troubleshooting  
8-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Problem  
Possible cause  
Solution  
Several sheets load into the  
MultiPASS C50 at once  
Paper may not be loaded in  
the sheet feeder correctly.  
Make sure paper is inserted  
correctly in the sheet feeder. See  
page 2-45.  
Sheets of paper may be  
sticking together.  
Make sure the paper is not  
sticking together. Be sure to fan  
the stack of paper before placing  
it in the sheet feeder.  
The sheet feeder may contain  
too many sheets.  
Make sure the sheet feeder is not  
filled past the limit mark (  
See page 2-47.  
).  
Do not force the stack into the  
sheet feeder.  
The sheet feeder may contain  
more than one type of paper.  
Load only one type of paper at a  
time.  
Make sure the paper you use  
meets the specifications for  
media in Appendix A,  
”Specifications.”  
Transparencies or back print  
film do not feed correctly  
The sheets may not be loaded  
correctly.  
Make sure you load no more  
than 50 sheets of transparencies  
or 10 sheets of back print film in  
the sheet feeder.  
The paper jams repeatedly  
The paper itself may be  
causing the jams.  
Fan the paper before stacking it  
in the sheet feeder. This keeps  
the sheets from sticking together.  
Make sure the paper you are  
using and your printing  
environment meet the  
specifications given in Appendix  
A, ”Specifications”.  
8-10  
Troubleshooting  
Chapter 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Problem  
Possible cause  
Solution  
Envelopes will not feed  
The envelopes may not be  
loaded correctly.  
Make sure the envelopes are  
loaded properly. See page 7-2.  
Make sure there are no more  
than 10 envelopes in the sheet  
feeder.  
The correct envelope size may Make sure you select the correct  
not be selected in your printer  
driver.  
envelope size in the Paper  
Setting dialog box on your PC.  
See the MultiPASS Desktop  
Manager User’s Guide.  
The envelopes may not meet  
the MultiPASS C50’s  
specifications.  
Envelopes must be European DL  
(220 × 110mm) or U.S.  
Commercial No. 10 (9.5 × 4.1  
in.).  
Chapter 8  
Troubleshooting  
8-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Faxing Problems  
Use the following tables to solve problems that can occur when sending and  
receiving faxes with the MultiPASS C50.  
Sending Faxes  
Problem  
You cannot send a fax  
Possible cause  
Solution  
The MultiPASS C50 may have  
over-heated and shut itself down.  
If you suspect this, unplug the  
MultiPASS C50 and let it cool for  
several minutes, then try sending  
again.  
The MultiPASS C50 may not be  
set for the type of telephone line  
you have (pulse/tone).  
Make sure the MultiPASS C50 is set  
for the phone line you have. See  
page 2-58. (If you are not sure what  
type of line you have, contact your  
local telephone company.)  
The document may not have  
been set in the Automatic  
Document Feeder (ADF)  
properly.  
Remove the document, stack it, and  
feed it into the Automatic Document  
Feeder (ADF) again. See page 6-6.  
The one-touch or coded speed  
dialling number you used may  
not be registered.  
Check the content of the one-touch  
or coded speed dialling button and  
make sure it was registered correctly.  
The receiving fax machine may  
be out of paper.  
Call the other party and be sure they  
have paper in their fax machine.  
The MultiPASS C50 may be  
sending another document from  
memory.  
Allow time for the current document  
to finish sending.  
An error may have occurred  
during sending.  
Print an activity report and check for  
an error code. See the MultiPASS  
Desktop Manager User’s Guide.  
There may be a problem with the  
telephone line.  
Make sure you have a dial tone on  
the handset. If not, contact your  
local telephone company.  
The receiving fax machine may  
not be a G3 fax machine.  
Make sure the receiving fax machine  
is compatible with the MultiPASS  
C50 (which is a G3 fax machine).  
If none of the above solve the problem, try unplugging the MultiPASS C50 for at  
least five seconds, then plugging it back in. If the problem persists, contact your  
local authorised Canon dealer or help line. Please note that any documents stored  
in memory will be erased when the MultiPASS C50 is unplugged.  
8-12  
Troubleshooting  
Chapter 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Problem  
Possible cause  
Solution  
Images on faxes  
received from the  
MultiPASS C50 are  
spotted or dirty  
The receiving fax machine may  
not be working properly.  
Check the MultiPASS C50 by  
making a copy. If the copy is clear,  
the problem may be in the receiving  
fax machine.  
The document may not be  
properly inserted in the  
Automatic Document Feeder  
(ADF).  
Remove the document and feed it  
correctly into the Automatic  
Document Feeder (ADF). See page  
6-6.  
The MultiPASS C50  
cannot send a fax using  
ECM (ECM TX does  
not appear in the LCD  
display when sending)  
The receiving fax machine may  
not support ECM.  
If the receiving fax does not support  
ECM, then the MultiPASS C50  
sends the fax in normal mode  
without error checking.  
ECM receiving on the receiving  
fax machine may not be turned  
on.  
If the receiving fax does support  
ECM reception, call the other party  
and have them check if ECM  
reception is turned on.  
Errors occur frequently The phone line may be in poor  
Lower the speed at which the unit  
starts sending faxes in the Speed  
option in the Send Fax tab. See the  
MultiPASS Desktop Manager User’s  
Guide.  
while sending faxes  
condition, or you may have a  
poor connection.  
Chapter 8  
Troubleshooting  
8-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Receiving Faxes  
Problem  
Possible cause  
Solution  
The MultiPASS C50 cannot  
receive faxes automatically  
The MultiPASS C50 may not  
be set to receive faxes  
automatically.  
For the MultiPASS C50 to  
receive faxes automatically, it  
must be in FaxOnly, AnsMode,  
or FaxTel mode. See page 5-2.  
The MultiPASS C50 may have Print out any documents stored  
a document in memory,  
leaving little or no memory  
available.  
in memory. See page 5-12.  
An error may have occurred  
during reception.  
Check the LCD display for an  
error message. See page 8-30 for  
a listing of the MultiPASS C50’s  
error messages.  
The sheet feeder may be  
empty.  
Make sure the sheet feeder has  
paper in it.  
The telephone line may not  
be connected properly.  
Make sure all phone line  
connections are secure.  
8-14  
Troubleshooting  
Chapter 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Problem  
Possible cause  
Solution  
The MultiPASS C50 will not  
switch between telephone and  
fax calls automatically  
The MultiPASS C50 may not  
be in Fax/Tel Mode.  
For the MultiPASS C50 to switch  
automatically between telephone  
and fax calls, it must be in Fax/  
Tel mode. See page 5-2.  
The MultiPASS C50 may have Print out any document stored in  
a document in memory.  
memory. See page 5-12.  
An error may have occurred  
during reception.  
Check the LCD display for an  
error message. See page 8-30 for  
a listing of the MultiPASS C50’s  
error messages.  
Print an activity report and look  
for an error code. See the  
MultiPASS Desktop Manager  
User’s Guide.  
The sheet feeder may be  
empty.  
Make sure the sheet feeder has  
paper in it.  
The sending fax machine may  
not send the CNG signal that  
tells the MultiPASS C50 that  
the incoming signal is a fax.  
In such cases, you will have to  
receive the document manually.  
See page 5-6.  
The MultiPASS C50 will not  
receive faxes manually  
You may not have pressed the  
(START/COPY) button  
before hanging up the  
handset.  
Always press the  
COPY) button before hanging up  
the handset. If you hang up  
before pressing the  
(START/  
(START/  
COPY) button, you will  
disconnect the call.  
Chapter 8  
Troubleshooting  
8-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Problem  
Possible cause  
Solution  
The print quality is poor  
You may not be using the  
correct paper.  
Make sure the paper in the sheet  
feeder meets the specifications  
given in Appendix A.  
The sending fax machine may  
not be operating properly.  
Make a copy with your  
MultiPASS C50. If the copy looks  
OK, then your MultiPASS C50 is  
operating properly. Contact the  
sender and have them check their  
fax machine.  
Also see ”Printing Problems” on page 8-19.  
The MultiPASS C50 cannot  
The sending fax machine may  
not support ECM.  
If the sending fax does not  
support ECM, then the  
MultiPASS C50 receives the fax  
in normal mode without error  
checking.  
receive faxes using ECM  
(ECM RX does not appear in  
the LCD display when  
receiving)  
ECM reception may not be  
selected.  
Make sure the ECM option in  
the Receive Fax tab is selected.  
See the MultiPASS Desktop  
Manager User’s Guide.  
Nothing prints  
The orange tape may not  
have been removed from the  
BJ cartridge when it was  
installed.  
Be sure to remove the tape from  
the BJ cartridge when you install  
it. See page 2-33.  
The BJ cartridge may not  
Make sure the cartridge is  
have been installed properly.  
installed correctly. See page 2-31.  
The print head unit may need  
cleaning.  
Clean the print head. See page  
9-9.  
The BJ cartridge may need to  
be replaced.  
See page 9-10.  
8-16  
Troubleshooting  
Chapter 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Problem  
Possible cause  
Solution  
Received faxes are blotched  
or uneven  
The telephone lines may be in  
poor condition, or you may  
have a bad connection.  
Use ECM receiving to try  
eliminate such problems.  
However, if the telephone lines  
are in poor condition, you may  
need to have the fax sent again.  
The sending fax machine may  
not be functioning properly.  
The sending fax machine usually  
determines the fax’s quality. Call  
the sender and have them make  
sure the top cover and scanning  
glass on their fax machine are  
clean.  
Errors occur frequently while  
receiving  
The telephone lines may be in  
poor condition, or you may  
have a bad connection.  
Lower the speed at which the  
unit receives faxes in the Speed  
setting in the Receive Fax tab.  
See the MultiPASS Desktop  
Manager User’s Guide.  
Telephone Problems  
Problem  
Possible cause  
Solution  
The MultiPASS C50 cannot  
dial  
The telephone line may not  
be connected properly.  
Make sure the telephone line is  
securely connected to the  
MultiPASS C50. See page 2-16.  
The MultiPASS C50 may not  
be set for the type of  
telephone line you have  
(pulse/tone).  
Make sure the MultiPASS C50 is  
set for the type of phone line you  
have. See page 2-58. (If you are  
not sure what type of line you  
have, contact your local  
telephone company.)  
The phone disconnects while  
you are talking on the line  
The MultiPASS C50 may not  
be plugged in properly.  
Make sure the MultiPASS C50 is  
correctly plugged into a wall  
outlet.  
Chapter 8  
Troubleshooting  
8-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Copying Problems  
Problem  
Possible cause  
Solution  
The MultiPASS C50 will not  
make a copy  
The MultiPASS C50 may have Replace the empty ink tank. See  
a BC-21/21e Colour BJ  
page 9-17.  
cartridge installed, and its  
black ink tank may be empty.  
The MultiPASS C50 may have The MultiPASS C50 does not  
a BC-22/22e Photo Colour BJ  
cartridge or a BC-29F  
Fluorescent BJ cartridge  
installed.  
make copies while the BC-22/22e  
Photo Colour BJ cartridge or a  
BC-29F Fluorescent BJ cartridge  
is installed. Replace the cartridge  
with a BC-21/21e Colour BJ  
cartridge or BC-20 Black BJ  
cartridge.  
The handset may be off its  
hook.  
Make sure the handset is on its  
cradle.  
The document may not be  
placed in the Automatic  
Document Feeder (ADF)  
correctly.  
Make sure the document you are  
copying is set in the Automatic  
Document Feeder (ADF)  
properly, and the LCD display  
shows DOCUMENT READY.  
See page 6-6.  
Make sure the document feed  
lever is set correctly. See page 6-5  
for details.  
The MultiPASS C50 may not  
be operating properly.  
Print a document from your PC  
to make sure the MultiPASS C50  
is working properly. See the  
MultiPASS Desktop Manager  
User’s Guide.  
MEMORY FULL appears in  
the LCD display when you  
are making multiple copies  
The MultiPASS C50’s  
memory is full.  
Print out any received faxes  
stored in memory, then start  
making copies again. See  
page 5-12.  
For colour copying problems, see ”Colour Printing and Copying Problems”on  
page 8-26.  
8-18  
Troubleshooting  
Chapter 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing Problems  
If you are having problems printing with the MultiPASS C50, check the problems  
and solutions listed in the following table.  
Problem  
Possible cause  
Solution  
The ALARM light comes on  
and the MultiPASS C50 beeps  
while printing  
The MultiPASS C50 may have Clear any paper jams as  
a paper jam.  
described above.  
If the MultiPASS C50 has no  
paper jam, unplug it, wait 5  
seconds, then plug it in again. If  
the problem is fixed, the  
ALARM light will be off, the BJ  
cartridge will move to its home  
position, and the LCD display  
will show the time and receiving  
mode (standby mode).  
If the ALARM light stays on,  
call your local authorised Canon  
dealer or the Canon help line.  
Chapter 8  
Troubleshooting  
8-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Problem  
Possible cause  
Solution  
Nothing prints  
The power cord may not be  
plugged in securely.  
Make sure the power cord is  
plugged securely into the unit  
and into a wall outlet.  
The interface cable may not  
be securely connected to the  
MultiPASS C50 and the  
computer.  
Check the interface cable’s  
connections. See page 2-14.  
The interface cable may not  
be the correct type.  
Make sure you are using the  
parallel cable supplied with your  
MultiPASS C50. See page 2-14.  
The MultiPASS C50 or  
computer were turned on  
Unplug the MultiPASS C50 and  
turn the computer off, then plug  
while you were connecting the the MultiPASS C50 in and turn  
interface cable.  
the computer on again.  
The orange tape may not  
have been removed from the  
BJ cartridge when it was  
installed.  
Be sure to remove the tape from  
the BJ cartridge when you install  
it. See page 2-33.  
The BJ cartridge may not  
Make sure the cartridge is  
have been installed properly.  
installed correctly. See page 2-31.  
The print head unit may need  
cleaning.  
Clean the print head. See page  
9-9.  
The BJ cartridge may need to  
be replaced.  
Replace the BJ cartridge. See  
page 9-12.  
The application you are  
printing from may not be set  
up properly.  
Check the computer and the  
application to make sure they are  
configured correctly.  
The application may not have  
the correct printer selected.  
Make sure the Print Setup option  
in your application has  
MultiPASS C50 Printer Driver  
selected as the printer.  
The printer driver may be  
configured with the wrong  
port.  
Make sure the MultiPASS C50  
MultiPASS Printer Driver is  
configured to use the PC’s  
parallel port. See the MultiPASS  
Desktop Manager User’s Guide.  
The computer’s parallel port  
may be disabled.  
Make sure your PC’s CMOS has  
the primary parallel port set to  
LPT1. (Your PC should have a  
setup program that lets you do  
this.) See your computer’s  
documentation.  
8-20  
Troubleshooting  
Chapter 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Problem  
Possible cause  
Solution  
The BJ cartridge moves, but  
no print appears on the paper  
The BJ cartridge or an ink  
tank may not be installed  
properly.  
Make sure the BJ cartridge and  
any ink tanks are properly  
installed. See page 2-31.  
The BJ cartridge print head  
may need cleaning.  
Clean the print head. See page  
9-9.  
An ink tank may be empty.  
Replace empty ink tanks as  
needed. See page 9-17.  
The MultiPASS C50 suspends  
printing after each line  
The print head may have  
become too hot. If this  
happens, the MultiPASS C50  
slows down to cool the print  
head.  
You do not need to do anything.  
Allow the MultiPASS C50 to  
finish the current print job and  
then let it sit awhile to cool.  
Your PC indicates a device  
time-out  
A device time-out occurs  
when the PC sends data to the plugged in, and that its interface  
Make sure the MultiPASS C50 is  
MultiPASS C50, but the  
MultiPASS C50 does not  
respond. The MultiPASS C50  
may be unplugged, not  
connected to the PC, or have  
a paper jam.  
cable is securely attached to the  
MultiPASS C50 and the PC.  
Clear any paper jams, and make  
sure paper is loaded properly in  
the sheet feeder.  
Chapter 8  
Troubleshooting  
8-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Problem  
Possible cause  
Solution  
The printed output is not  
what you expected  
There may be a  
Make sure the PC and the  
application are configured  
correctly for communicating with  
the MultiPASS C50. See the  
MultiPASS Desktop Manager  
User’s Guide.  
communication problem  
between the MultiPASS C50  
and your PC.  
The interface cable may not  
be securely connected to the  
MultiPASS C50 and the  
computer.  
Check the interface cable’s  
connections. See page 2-14.  
The interface cable may not  
be the correct type.  
Make sure you are using the  
parallel cable supplied with the  
MultiPASS C50 unit. See  
page 2-14.  
The interface cable may be  
too long.  
Make sure your parallel cable is  
less than 2 metres long.  
You may not be using the  
correct printer driver.  
Make sure you have selected the  
MultiPASS C50 Printer Driver in  
the Printer’s dialog box or from  
your application’s printer dialog.  
See the MultiPASS Desktop  
Manager User’s Guide.  
You may not have the best  
media type selected.  
Try selecting Coated Paper for  
the Media Type rather than Plain  
Paper. See the MultiPASS  
Desktop Manager User’s Guide.  
Previous software settings  
may not be cleared.  
Make sure the MultiPASS C50  
was cleared of the previous  
software settings before the print  
job started. See the application’s  
documentation.  
8-22  
Troubleshooting  
Chapter 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Problem  
Possible cause  
Solution  
Printout does not match  
paper size  
Paper may not be loaded and  
aligned correctly in the sheet  
feeder.  
Make sure the paper is loaded  
and aligned correctly. See  
page 2-45.  
The application’s page size  
and margin settings may be  
incorrect.  
Make sure the paper size and  
margin set in your application are  
correct for the paper in the sheet  
feeder. See your application’s  
documentation for setting the  
paper size.  
The selected printer driver  
may be incorrect.  
Make sure you select the  
MultiPASS C50 Printer Driver.  
See the MultiPASS Desktop  
Manager User’s Guide.  
If the print head prints on the platen, clean the ink off the platen by launching  
Notepad and setting the application to print 2 or 3 blank sheets of paper.  
The printout curls  
Your pages may include a  
large amount of ink.  
Remove the printout as soon as it  
exits the MultiPASS C50 and let  
it dry, then roll it in the direction  
opposite of the curl.  
Chapter 8  
Troubleshooting  
8-23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Print Quality Problems  
If your print quality is not what you expect it to be, check the problems and  
solutions below.  
Problem  
Possible cause  
Solution  
Print is not clear  
The medium you are using  
may not be supported by the  
MultiPASS C50.  
Use only print media specified in  
”Selecting the Print Media” on  
page 2-37.  
You may be printing on the  
wrong side of the paper.  
Many types of paper have a  
”correct” side for printing. If  
your paper does, make sure that  
side is facing up. If the paper has  
no obvious correct side, try  
turning the paper over and  
printing on the other side.  
The print head nozzles may  
be clogged.  
Clean the print head. See page  
9-9.  
Output appears jagged  
You may be using Draft mode  
(180 dpi), which can give  
output a jagged look.  
Change the resolution to  
standard on your PC. See the  
MultiPASS Desktop Manager  
User’s Guide.  
The printout has dots of ink  
splashed on it  
The print head nozzles may  
be clogged with ink.  
Clean the print head. See page  
9-9.  
The printout has white streaks The print head nozzles may  
Clean the print head. See page  
9-9.  
or missing dots  
be clogged with dust.  
An ink tank may be empty.  
Replace empty ink tanks as  
needed. See page 9-17.  
The BJ cartridge or an ink  
tank may be installed  
incorrectly.  
Make sure the BJ cartridge and  
any ink tanks are installed  
correctly.  
The medium you are using  
may not be supported by the  
MultiPASS C50.  
Use only print media specified in  
”Selecting the Print Media” on  
page 2-37.  
The print head may be worn  
out.  
Check the BJ cartridge print  
head. It may need to be replaced.  
See page 9-9.  
8-24  
Troubleshooting  
Chapter 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Problem  
Possible cause  
Solution  
Output is faint  
You may be using Draft print  
quality or Fine mode.  
Try using Standard mode. See the  
MultiPASS Desktop Manager  
User’s Guide.  
Printing takes too much time  
You may be using Fine mode.  
Try using Standard mode. See the  
MultiPASS Desktop Manager  
User’s Guide.  
The printout contains blurred  
or smudged ink  
The medium you are using  
may not be supported by the  
MultiPASS C50.  
Use only print media specified in  
”Selecting the Print Media” on  
page 2-37.  
You may be printing on the  
wrong side of the paper.  
Many types of paper have a  
”correct” side for printing. If  
your paper does, make sure that  
side is facing up. If the paper has  
no obvious correct side, try  
turning the paper over and  
printing on the other side.  
Chapter 8  
Troubleshooting  
8-25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Colour Printing and Copying Problems  
Use the following to correct problems you may have while using the MultiPASS  
C50 to print in colour.  
Problem  
Possible cause  
Solution  
Colours are missing, and the  
output contains only black ink  
The MultiPASS C50 Printer  
Driver may not be selected.  
Make sure you selected the  
MultiPASS C50 Printer Driver or  
other compatible colour printer  
driver. See the MultiPASS  
Desktop Manager User’s Guide.  
The printer driver may not be  
selecting colour.  
Make sure the PC is set to use  
Colour On Screen – Matched  
Colour. See the MultiPASS  
Desktop Manager User’s Guide.  
The colour BJ cartridge may  
not be working properly.  
Print the NOZZLE CHECK test  
pattern to make sure the Colour  
BJ cartridge and ink tanks are  
firing correctly. See page 9-8.  
An ink tank may be empty.  
Replace empty ink tanks as  
needed. See page 9-17.  
The print head unit may need  
cleaning.  
Clean the print head. See page  
9-9.  
The application you are  
Check your application’s  
printing from may not support documentation.  
colour printing.  
Colours are broken or uneven  
You may be using the wrong  
print mode.  
If you are printing dense graphics  
on plain paper, set the Media  
Type to Coated Paper on your  
PC. See the MultiPASS Desktop  
Manager User’s Guide.  
If you are printing a thin line  
with a non-primary colour,  
your software may be telling  
the unit to place a colour  
every other dot, with white in  
between.  
Choose cyan, yellow, magenta, or  
black instead.  
8-26  
Troubleshooting  
Chapter 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Problem  
Possible cause  
Solution  
Colours generally print  
incorrectly  
The MultiPASS C50 Printer  
Driver may not be selected.  
Make sure you are using the  
MultiPASS C50 Printer Driver.  
See the MultiPASS Desktop  
Manager User’s Guide.  
The printer driver may not be  
selecting colour.  
Make sure you selected Colour  
or Screen Matched Colour on  
your PC. See the MultiPASS  
Desktop Manager User’s Guide.  
The printer driver may not be  
selecting the right media.  
Make sure you selected the  
correct media type on the PC.  
See the MultiPASS Desktop  
Manager User’s Guide.  
Some colours are impossible to match exactly, though the MultiPASS C50 is  
designed to come as close as possible.  
Colours in a line are uneven  
or different from those in  
previous lines  
The print settings may not be  
the best for the images you  
are printing.  
If you are printing dense colour  
graphics on plain paper, change  
the Media Type setting from  
Plain Paper to Coated Paper on  
the PC. See the MultiPASS  
Desktop Manager User’s Guide.  
Chapter 8  
Troubleshooting  
8-27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Problem  
Possible cause  
Solution  
Hue changes  
The print head nozzles may  
be clogged with dust.  
Clean the print head. See page  
9-9.  
An ink tank may be empty.  
Replace empty ink tanks as  
needed. See page 9-17.  
Printed blue looks purple  
Blue prints as purple because  
of the different technologies  
used by the PC’s monitor and  
the MultiPASS C50: the  
monitor uses RGB (Red,  
Green, Blue) colour, while the  
MultiPASS C50 uses CMYK  
(Cyan, Magenta, Yellow,  
Black) colour. Thus, the  
printed blue (a mix of cyan  
and magenta) looks darker  
and more purple than the  
blue on the monitor.  
On the PC, select Match colour  
(screen matching) to provide a  
lighter colour blue.  
If you are not using screen  
matching, decrease the amount  
of magenta by 30% to produce a  
royal blue.  
If you just want a nice blue  
colour, try cyan. It prints  
beautifully and quickly, and is  
available in almost all  
applications that support colour.  
See the MultiPASS Desktop  
Manager User’s Guide.  
Colour images are missing  
some detail  
You may not have the  
optimum settings selected on  
the PC.  
On your PC, make sure to select  
Plain Paper, Colour Mode, and  
Halftoning = Pattern. If these are  
already selected, change the  
Media Type setting from Plain  
Paper to Coated Paper. See the  
MultiPASS Desktop Manager  
User’s Guide.  
8-28  
Troubleshooting  
Chapter 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
General Problems  
Problem  
Possible cause  
Solution  
The MultiPASS C50 has no  
power  
The power cord may not be  
securely plugged into the unit.  
Make sure the power cord is  
plugged securely into the unit  
and into a wall outlet.  
If the power cord is connected to  
a power strip, make sure the strip  
is connected to an outlet and  
turned on.  
The power cord may not be  
supplying power.  
Check the power cord by  
substituting another, or by using  
a voltameter to test it for  
continuity.  
The MultiPASS C50 will not  
print reports  
The MultiPASS C50 may have Replace the empty ink tank. See  
a BC-21/21e Colour BJ  
page 9-17.  
cartridge installed, and its  
black ink tank may be empty.  
Nothing appears in the LCD  
display  
The MultiPASS C50 may not  
be receiving power.  
Check the plug and be sure it is  
firmly plugged into the power  
connector and the wall outlet.  
If the display remains blank,  
unplug the MultiPASS C50, wait  
five seconds, then plug it in again.  
If the display still remains blank,  
call your local authorised Canon  
dealer or the Canon help line.  
Chapter 8  
Troubleshooting  
8-29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Error Codes, Messages, and Solutions  
This table lists the error messages that appear in the MultiPASS C50’s LCD  
display and the corresponding error codes that appear in activity reports, and  
tells what to do for each.  
Message  
Error Code  
Cause  
Action  
AUTO REDIAL  
The receiving fax  
machine was busy and  
the MultiPASS C50 is  
waiting to redial.  
BUSY/NO SIGNAL  
#005/018  
The telephone number  
you dialled is busy.  
Try sending the document  
again later.  
The other party’s fax  
machine is not working  
properly.  
Contact the other party  
and have them check their  
fax machine.  
The other party is not  
using a G3 fax machine.  
Contact the other party  
and have them send or  
receive the document using  
a G3 machine.  
The telephone line type  
setting on your  
MultiPASS C50 is  
incorrect.  
Set your MultiPASS C50  
for your telephone line  
(tone or pulse).  
The receiving fax  
machine did not answer  
within 55 seconds.  
Contact the other party  
and have them check their  
fax machine. You can also  
try to send the document  
manually. For an overseas  
call, add pauses to the  
registered number.  
CALLING  
The MultiPASS C50 is  
dialling the receiving  
fax machine.  
If you want to cancel the  
transmission, press the  
(STOP) button.  
CARTRIDGE JAMMED  
The cartridge is  
jammed.  
Open the printer cover,  
check for any jammed  
paper in the unit, and  
remove if necessary. Do  
not try to manually move  
or stop the cartridge  
holder.  
8-30  
Troubleshooting  
Chapter 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Message  
Error Code  
Cause  
Action  
CHANGE CARTRIDGE  
#052  
The BJ cartridge is  
empty or its ink has  
dried out.  
Make a copy or print a  
document. If the printout is  
light or blank, replace the  
BJ cartridge. Documents  
received in memory will  
then be printed  
automatically.  
The MultiPASS C50’s  
image memory may be  
full because the BJ  
Replace the BJ cartridge  
and have the other party  
send the fax again.  
cartridge ran out of ink.  
CHECK DOCUMENT  
#001  
A document is jammed  
in the Automatic  
Document Feeder  
(ADF).  
Remove the document you  
are trying to send or copy  
and load it again.  
The document feed  
lever is set to manual  
document feed.  
Set the document feed  
lever to automatic  
document feed.  
CHECK PAPER SIZE  
CHECK PRINTER  
The size of the paper in  
the sheet feeder differs  
from that specified in  
the Paper Size option  
in the Receive Fax tab.  
Set the correct paper size  
in the Paper Size option in  
the Receive Fax tab.  
The BJ cartridge in the  
MultiPASS C50 is  
defective.  
1. Press the  
button.  
(STOP)  
2. Reinstall the cartridge.  
3. Unplug the MultiPASS  
C50, wait 5 seconds,  
then plug it in again. If  
the display does not  
change, call for service.  
CLEAR PAPER JAM  
#009  
The MultiPASS C50  
has no paper in its  
sheet feeder, or has a  
paper jam.  
Add paper or clear the  
jam, then press the  
(STOP) button. If a  
document was received in  
memory, the fax is  
automatically printed from  
memory.  
COMMUNICATING  
PLEASE WAIT  
You tried to use  
Wait until the fax is sent  
and try again, or use  
memory sending.  
manual sending while  
the fax was sending  
from memory.  
Chapter 8  
Troubleshooting  
8-31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Message  
Error Code  
Cause  
Action  
DOC TOO LONG  
#003  
It took more than 32  
minutes to send or  
copy a document.  
Divide the document and  
send or copy each part  
separately.  
It took more than 32  
minutes to receive a  
document.  
Contact the sender, and  
have them divide the  
document and send each  
part separately.  
The document is longer  
than 1 metre.  
Use a copy machine to  
copy each page of the  
document and send the  
copy.  
DOCUMENT READY  
ECM RX  
The document in the  
Automatic Document  
Feeder (ADF) is ready  
for scanning.  
Send the fax, scan the  
document, or make a copy.  
The MultiPASS C50 is  
receiving a fax using  
ECM.  
Faxes can take longer to  
receive when using ECM.  
Try turning ECM off if you  
need to receive quickly, or  
if you know your local  
telephone lines are in good  
condition.  
ECM TX  
The MultiPASS C50 is  
sending a fax using  
ECM.  
Faxes can take longer to  
send when using ECM. Try  
turning ECM off if you  
need to send quickly, or if  
you know your local  
telephone lines are in good  
condition.  
HANG UP PHONE  
INSTALL BC-21  
The handset is off its  
hook.  
Place the handset properly  
onto its hook.  
The BC-20, BC-22/22e,  
or BC-29F BJ  
Remove the BC-20, BC-22/  
22e, or BC-29F BJ  
Cartridge is installed.  
Cartridge and install the  
BC-21/21e BJ Cartridge.  
INSTALL BC-21/20  
LOAD PAPER  
The BC-22/22e or  
BC-29F BJ Cartridge is  
installed, so the  
MultiPASS C50 cannot  
print any received  
faxes, or make copies.  
Remove the BC-22/22e or  
BC-29F BJ Cartridge and  
install the BC-21/21e or  
BC-20 BJ Cartridge.  
The MultiPASS C50 is  
out of recording paper.  
Add paper to the sheet  
feeder. Make sure the  
stack is below the limit  
mark (  
the  
). Then press  
(STOP) button.  
8-32  
Troubleshooting  
Chapter 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Message  
Error Code  
Cause  
Action  
MEMORY FULL  
#037  
The MultiPASS C50’s  
memory is full because  
it has received too  
many documents, or a  
very long or detailed  
document.  
Print out any documents  
that are stored in memory.  
Then start the operation  
again. See page 5-12.  
The memory is full  
because you sent too  
many pages at once, or  
a very long or detailed  
document.  
Divide the document and  
send each part separately.  
If the memory contains any  
faxes, you do not need to  
delete them.  
MEMORY FULL  
PLEASE WAIT  
The MultiPASS C50 is  
sending a fax and its  
memory is full.  
Wait until the fax is sent.  
The MultiPASS C50  
continues to send the fax  
as memory becomes  
available.  
MEMORY USED nn%  
Shows how much of the  
MultiPASS C50’s  
memory is in use.  
If you need more memory,  
print or send any  
documents stored in  
memory.  
NO ANSWER  
NO TEL #  
#005  
#022  
The receiving fax  
machine does not  
answer.  
Make sure you dialled the  
correct number. Try again  
later.  
The one-touch or  
coded speed dialling  
number has not been  
registered.  
Register the number.  
NOT AVAILABLE  
In manual sending via  
the handset, you tried  
to use a one-touch  
speed dialling button or  
a coded speed dialling  
code that has a group  
registered in it.  
In manual sending via the  
handset, you cannot send a  
document to multiple  
destinations. Send the  
document to one  
destination at a time.  
PLEASE WAIT  
The MultiPASS C50 is  
warming up.  
Wait until the time and  
receiving mode appear in  
the LCD display, then  
begin.  
PUT IN CARTRIDGE  
The BJ cartridge is not  
installed properly.  
Make sure the BJ cartridge  
is installed properly and  
the green lock lever is set  
properly.  
Chapter 8  
Troubleshooting  
8-33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Message  
Error Code  
Cause  
Action  
REC’D IN MEMORY  
The paper or ink ran  
out, or a paper jam  
occurred, so the  
MultiPASS C50  
received the document  
in memory.  
Add paper to the sheet  
feeder, change the BJ  
cartridge, or clear the  
paper jam, as needed. Print  
the document from  
memory by pressing the  
(STOP) button.  
RECEIVED IN FILE  
The PC was off and a  
document was received  
in the MultiPASS C50  
memory.  
Print the file from the PC.  
START AGAIN  
An error occurred in  
the phone line or in the  
system.  
Start the procedure again  
from the beginning.  
TX/RX CANCELLED  
TX/RX NO. nnnn  
You pressed the  
(STOP) button to  
cancel the transmission.  
When the MultiPASS  
C50 sends or receives a  
fax, it assigns a unique  
identification number  
to it.  
Write the number down if  
you will need it later. You  
can also print an activity  
management report after  
the transmission to check  
the TX/RX number if  
necessary.  
8-34  
Troubleshooting  
Chapter 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Chapter 9  
Maintaining Your MultiPASS C50  
Your MultiPASS C50 requires no maintenance other than periodic cleaning, and  
replacing the BJ ink cartridges or tanks as needed.  
Cleaning the MultiPASS C50 .................................................................................... 9-2  
Cleaning the MultiPASS C50’s Exterior ....................................................... 9-2  
Cleaning the MultiPASS C50’s Interior ........................................................ 9-2  
Cleaning the Scanner Components ............................................................... 9-4  
Maintaining BJ Cartridges ......................................................................................... 9-8  
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern ................................................................ 9-8  
Cleaning and Testing the BJ Cartridge Print Head .................................... 9-9  
When to Replace the BJ Cartridge ............................................................. 9-10  
Replacing the BJ Cartridge .......................................................................... 9-12  
Replacing an Ink Tank in the BC-21/21e Colour BJ Cartridge .............. 9-17  
Transporting the MultiPASS C50 ............................................................................ 9-21  
Chapter 9  
Maintaining Your MultiPASS C50  
9-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Cleaning the MultiPASS C50  
Clean your MultiPASS C50 regularly to keep it in good operating condition.  
Follow these precautions whenever you clean the MultiPASS C50:  
½
When the power cord is disconnected, the image memory is completely  
erased. Therefore, before you begin cleaning the MultiPASS C50, be sure to  
print any faxes stored in its memory. If REC’D IN MEMORY or  
RECEIVED IN FILE appear in the LCD display, follow the steps on pages 5-  
10 or 5-12 to print out the documents.  
½
½
If you disconnect the MultiPASS C50 while it is waiting to send a document,  
you will have to set the MultiPASS C50 to send your document again once  
you finish cleaning the unit.  
Do not use tissue paper, paper towels, or similar materials for cleaning; they  
can stick to the components or generate static charges.  
Cleaning the MultiPASS C50’s Exterior  
Clean the MultiPASS C50’s outer casing as follows.  
1. Disconnect the power cord from the MultiPASS C50.  
2. Wipe the MultiPASS C50’s exterior with a clean, soft, lint-free cloth  
moistened with water or diluted dishwashing detergent solution.  
Never use thinner, benzene, alcohol, or any other organic solvent to clean the  
MultiPASS C50, as these can damage the MultiPASS C50’s surface.  
3. Plug the power cord back in.  
Cleaning the MultiPASS C50’s Interior  
To prevent ink spots and paper dust from accumulating inside the MultiPASS  
C50 and affecting print quality, clean the unit’s print area periodically as follows.  
9-2  
Maintaining Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
½
½
Never use volatile liquids such as thinners, benzene, acetone, or any other  
chemical cleaner to clean the interior of the MultiPASS C50, as they can  
damage its components.  
Avoid touching the print head or ribbon cable inside the MultiPASS C50.  
DO NOT TOUCH THE  
PRINT HEAD  
DO NOT TOUCH THE RIBBON  
CABLE  
1. Disconnect the power cord from the MultiPASS C50.  
2. Open the printer cover by grasping the document guides and lifting.  
3. Use a clean, soft, dry, lint-free cloth to remove any ink or paper debris from  
the unit’s interior, especially around the platen. Be careful not to touch the  
cartridge.  
4. Check the small black rollers. If they are dirty, clean them with a soft, dry  
toothbrush.  
5. When finished, close the printer cover, and plug the MultiPASS C50 back in.  
Chapter 9  
Maintaining Your MultiPASS C50  
9-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Cleaning the Scanner Components  
Periodically check and clean the scanning components as explained here.  
When you unplug the unit, any faxes stored in memory will be erased. Be sure to  
print out any documents received in memory before unplugging the unit. See  
pages 5-10 to 5-12.  
1. Disconnect the power cord from the MultiPASS C50.  
2. Open the operation panel by gently pulling it towards you.  
9-4  
Maintaining Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. Clean the components as described below.  
SEPARATION GUIDE  
SCANNING GLASS  
SEPARATION ROLLER  
Separation roller  
Wipe with a soft, dry clean cloth to clean the rollers.  
Separation guide  
Wipe with a dry, soft cloth.  
White sheet and scanning glass  
Use a clean, soft, lint-free cloth moistened with water to clean the white sheet  
and scanning glass, then wipe them with a soft, dry, lint free cloth.  
½
½
If the scanning components are dirty, the documents you send or print will  
also be dirty.  
Be sure to use a soft cloth to avoid scratching the components.  
Do not use tissue paper. Dust from the tissue paper causes static electricity.  
Chapter 9  
Maintaining Your MultiPASS C50  
9-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4. Clean the shaded areas of the operation panel and the unit.  
½
Dirt and dust particles that collect on the underside of the operation panel  
also affect the quality of the documents you copy or send.  
5. Use a soft, dry clean cloth to wipe up paper dust around the rollers.  
9-6  
Maintaining Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. When you are finished, close the operation panel by pressing it down from  
the centre as shown.  
Be sure to close the operation panel until it locks into place, or the unit will not  
function properly.  
7. Plug the unit back in.  
Chapter 9  
Maintaining Your MultiPASS C50  
9-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Maintaining BJ Cartridges  
One of the most important elements in maintaining your MultiPASS C50’s  
excellent print quality is to clean the BJ cartridge’s print head regularly, and to  
replace the BJ ink cartridges and tanks promptly when needed.  
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern  
Print the nozzle check pattern to test the BJ cartridge installed in the MultiPASS  
C50. This pattern shows if each print head nozzle is operating properly.  
1. Press FUNCTION.  
FUNCTION  
FUNCTION  
2. Use or to select NOZZLE CHECK.  
1
2
NOZZLE CHECK  
3. Press START/COPY.  
½
½
The MultiPASS C50 prints the nozzle check pattern.  
If results are unsatisfactory, clean the print head as described on the next  
page and then print the nozzle check pattern again. If results are still  
unsatisfactory after about 4 cleanings, it may be time to replace the BJ  
cartridge.  
9-8  
Maintaining Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Cleaning and Testing the BJ Cartridge Print Head  
The print head in the BJ print cartridge contains nozzles through which ink is  
propelled onto the paper. To maintain the best possible print quality, these  
nozzles need to be cleaned from time to time. Your MultiPASS C50 is equipped  
with a print head cleaning function that does this.  
If your printouts become faint or streaked, or if their quality otherwise decreases,  
clean the print head as described below.  
If your printing is faded, you can often correct the problem by adjusting the print  
density (contrast) and printing speed. (For instructions, see the MultiPASS  
Desktop Manager User’s Guide.) Try this before cleaning the print head.  
Cleaning the print head uses a small amount of ink. Cleaning too often  
significantly reduces the amount of ink in the cartridge, so clean only when  
necessary.  
1. Make sure the MultiPASS C50 is plugged in.  
2. Press FUNCTION.  
FUNCTION  
3. Use or to select HEAD CLEANING.  
HEAD CLEANING  
4. Press START/COPY.  
½
The MultiPASS C50 beeps once when cleaning is finished, and returns to  
standby mode.  
5. Check whether cleaning corrected the problem by printing the nozzle check  
pattern. See page 9-8.  
6. If necessary, repeat this procedure up to four more times (giving five  
cleanings in all). If the problem persists after this, install a new BJ cartridge.  
See ”Replacing the BJ Cartridge” on page 9-12.  
Chapter 9  
Maintaining Your MultiPASS C50  
9-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
When to Replace the BJ Cartridge  
How frequently you need to replace your MultiPASS C50’s BJ cartridge or one of  
its ink tanks depends on how you use your MultiPASS C50. If you print a good  
deal of graphics, halftones, or greyscales, you will need to replace the cartridge  
more often than if you print mainly text. (See page A-9 for details on the life  
expectancy of BJ cartridges.)  
To help ensure the maximum life for your cartridges, always follow the guidelines  
for cartridge maintenance given in ”Guidelines for Using and Maintaining BJ  
Cartridges” on page 2-27.  
In general, you will need to replace the BJ cartridge in the following situations:  
½
If you have been using a BC-21/21e Colour BJ cartridge for over six months  
or the BC-20 Black BJ cartridge for over a year.  
½
If your printed output is not crisp and clear or has gaps in the characters  
(missing dots), even after you have cleaned the print head five times as  
described above.  
½
If your colour printouts appear to be missing a colour, even after you have  
cleaned the print head five times as described above.  
In addition:  
½
½
If you are using the BC-21/21e Colour BJ cartridge and your output is blank,  
one of the ink tanks is probably empty and needs to be replaced. Print the  
NOZZLE CHECK test pattern to check whether the BJ cartridge needs  
replacing or not. See page 9-8 for details.  
If the message CHANGE CARTRIDGE appears in the LCD display, the BJ  
cartridge may have run out of ink. This message also appears if the  
MultiPASS C50 has to store a fax in its memory because the cartridge is out of  
ink.  
If this message appears, do the following:  
1. Press START/COPY to print any faxes in memory.  
If the printout appears normal, you do not need to replace the BJ  
cartridge. (Sometimes cleaning the print head or re-installing the cartridge  
will clear up the problem.)  
If the print is light or shows gaps, go to step 2.  
2. If there was no fax in memory, or if the fax’s print was light, blank, or showed  
gaps, print or copy a document to make sure the problem is not with the  
machine that sent the fax.  
9-10  
Maintaining Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. If the document is light, blank, or shows gaps, clean the printing area. If this  
doesn’t work, replace the cartridge.  
Although Canon makes numerous BJ cartridges, the BC-21/21e Colour BJ  
cartridge, the BC-20 Black BJ cartridge, the BC-22/22e Colour Photo BJ  
cartridge, and the BC-29F Fluorescent BJ cartridge are designed specifically for  
Canon’s colour BJ printers, and are the only ones Canon recommends.  
Also, the BCI-21 Colour and BCI-21 Black ink tanks are designed specifically for  
the BC-21/21e Colour BJ cartridge, and are the only ones Canon recommends for  
the BC-21/21e.  
Chapter 9  
Maintaining Your MultiPASS C50  
9-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Replacing the BJ Cartridge  
When replacing BJ cartridges, always follow the precautions and cartridge  
selection guidelines given in ”Guidelines for Using and Maintaining BJ  
Cartridges” on page 2-27.  
Replace the BJ print cartridge as follows.  
1. Make sure the MultiPASS C50 is plugged in.  
CARTRIDGE  
2. Press CARTRIDGE.  
½
The cartridge holder moves to the centre of the unit.  
3. Open the printer cover by grasping the document guides and lifting.  
DO NOT TOUCH THE  
RIBBON CABLE  
DO NOT TOUCH THE GUIDE  
RAIL  
DO NOT TOUCH THE  
ROUND SHAFT  
½
½
Do not try to move the cartridge holder manually or you may damage the  
MultiPASS C50.  
The MultiPASS C50 includes an automatic protection feature that helps keep  
it from overheating. If the cartridge holder does not move and the unit beeps  
several times, unplug the MultiPASS C50 and let it cool for several minutes.  
When it has cooled, plug it in again, and press the CARTRIDGE button to  
move the cartridge holder.  
9-12  
Maintaining Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Hold the BJ cartridge by its sides only. Do not touch the print head, the sharp  
edges around the print head, the silver plate on the bottom of the cartridge, or  
the silver metal or circuit area on its side.  
PRINT HEAD  
4. Raise the green cartridge lock lever (on the cartridge holder) by gently  
pulling up on it.  
DO NOT TOUCH THE GUIDE  
RAIL  
DO NOT TOUCH THE RIBBON  
CABLE  
DO NOT TOUCH THE ROUND  
SHAFT  
5. Remove and dispose of the old BJ cartridge, or store it in the SB-21 BJ  
cartridge container.  
DO NOT TOUCH THE GUIDE  
RAIL  
i
DO NOT TOUCH THE RIBBON  
CABLE  
DO NOT TOUCH THE ROUND  
SHAFT  
Chapter 9  
Maintaining Your MultiPASS C50  
9-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Peel the foil off of the new BJ cartridge’s protective packaging, and remove  
the cartridge.  
7. Pull the orange cap off of the cartridge’s print head, then remove the orange  
tape.  
Discard the cap and tape immediately. Never attempt to re-attach the cap or tape  
to the print head, or you can adversely affect the ink’s colour and flow.  
9-14  
Maintaining Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8. Hold the cartridge so that its label faces outward, tilt it slightly forward and  
to the right. Slide it into the cartridge holder.  
DO NOT TOUCH THE  
GUIDE RAIL  
Cartridge  
Ink  
BCl-21  
Color  
Made in  
Japan  
Cartridge  
Ink  
BCl-21  
Black  
DO NOT TOUCH THE RIBBON  
CABLE  
Made in  
Japan  
DO NOT TOUCH THE ROUND  
SHAFT  
9. Make sure the cartridge is pressed against the back of the holder, then lower  
the green lock lever completely. The BJ cartridge is now locked into position.  
Ink  
Cartridge  
BCl-21  
Color  
Made in  
Japan  
Cartridge  
Ink  
BCl-21  
Black  
Made in  
Japan  
Do not manually move the mechanism that houses the BJ cartridge or you will  
damage the unit.  
CARTRIDGE  
10. Close the printer cover, then press CARTRIDGE.  
½
The MultiPASS C50 beeps twice, and the cartridge holder moves to its  
home position on the right side of the unit.  
Chapter 9  
Maintaining Your MultiPASS C50  
9-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Do not unplug the MultiPASS C50 unless the cartridge holder is in its home  
position on the right. If you unplug the unit while it is printing, or move the ink  
cartridge from the home position, the cartridge will not be capped and can dry  
out.  
9-16  
Maintaining Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Replacing an Ink Tank in the BC-21/21e Colour BJ Cartridge  
If you are using the BC-21/21e Colour BJ cartridge and perform a print operation  
correctly but the output is blank, one of the BC-21/21e’s ink tanks may be out of  
ink. If this happens, clean the print head up to five times as described in  
”Cleaning and Testing the BJ Cartridge Print Head,” on page 9-9. If the  
MultiPASS C50’s output is still blank, replace the empty ink cartridge as follows:  
1. Make sure the MultiPASS C50 is plugged in.  
CARTRIDGE  
2. Press CARTRIDGE.  
½
The cartridge holder moves to the centre of the unit.  
The MultiPASS C50 includes an automatic protection feature that helps keep it  
from overheating. If the cartridge holder does not move and the unit beeps  
several times, unplug the MultiPASS C50 and let it cool for several minutes.  
When it has cooled, plug it in again, and press the CARTRIDGE button to move  
the cartridge holder.  
3. Open the printer cover by grasping the document guides and lifting.  
DO NOT TOUCH THE  
RIBBON CABLE  
DO NOT TOUCH THE GUIDE  
RAIL  
DO NOT TOUCH THE  
ROUND SHAFT  
Do not try to move the cartridge holder manually or you may damage the  
MultiPASS C50.  
Chapter 9  
Maintaining Your MultiPASS C50  
9-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
The colour ink tank is on the left, and the black ink tank is on the right.  
Color Slot  
Black Slot  
Ink  
Cartridge  
Ink  
Cartridge  
BCl-21  
Color  
BCl-21  
Black  
BCI-21 COLOUR INK TANK  
BCI-21 BLACK INK TANK  
Made in  
Japan  
Made in  
Japan  
Made in Japan  
Color BJ  
Cartridge  
BC-21  
4. Remove the empty ink tank by grasping the tab on the top of the empty tank  
and pulling forward to release it. Then lift out the ink tank from the BJ  
cartridge.  
DO NOT TOUCH THE GUIDE  
RAIL  
Cartridge  
Ink  
BCl-21  
Color  
Made in  
Japan  
Cartridge  
Ink  
BCl-21  
Black  
DO NOT TOUCH THE RIBBON  
CABLE  
Made in  
Japan  
DO NOT TOUCH THE ROUND  
SHAFT  
5. Dispose of the ink tank properly.  
½
You may want to place it in a plastic bag to keep any residual ink from  
spilling.  
9-18  
Maintaining Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Take the new ink tank out of its bag and remove its orange cap.  
Be careful not to touch the bottom of the ink tank, as you may get ink on your  
hands.  
DO NOT TOUCH  
Chapter 9  
Maintaining Your MultiPASS C50  
9-19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7. Slide the new ink tank into the empty slot.  
DO NOT TOUCH THE GUIDE  
RAIL  
Cartridge  
Ink  
BCl-21  
Color  
Cartridge  
Ink  
BCl-21  
Color  
Made in  
Japan  
Cartridge  
Ink  
BCl-21  
Black  
DO NOT TOUCH THE RIBBON  
CABLE  
Cartridge  
Ink  
Made in  
BCl-21  
Black  
Japan  
Made in  
Japan  
Made in  
Japan  
DO NOT TOUCH THE ROUND  
SHAFT  
8. Press firmly on the tab on top of the new ink tank, in the direction shown  
below, until the tab snaps into place.  
DO NOT TOUCH THE GUIDE  
RAIL  
Ink  
Cartridge  
BCl-21  
Color  
Made in  
Japan  
Cartridge  
Ink  
BCl-21  
Black  
DO NOT TOUCH THE  
RIBBON CABLE  
Made in  
Japan  
DO NOT TOUCH THE  
ROUND SHAFT  
9. If you need to replace the other tank, repeat steps 4 through 8.  
10. Make sure each tank is properly seated in its slot.  
11. Close the printer cover, then press CARTRIDGE.  
CARTRIDGE  
½
The MultiPASS C50 beeps twice, then the cartridge holder moves to its  
home position on the right side of the unit.  
Do not unplug the MultiPASS C50 unless the BJ cartridge is in its home position  
on the right. If you unplug the unit while it is printing, or move the cartridge  
from the home position, the cartridge will not be capped and may dry out.  
9-20  
Maintaining Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Transporting the MultiPASS C50  
Whenever you plan to transport the MultiPASS C50, you need to prepare it so it  
will not be damaged during the move.  
1. Do NOT remove the BJ cartridge from the unit.  
2. Make sure the cartridge holder is in its home position at the right side of the  
unit.  
½
If it is not in its home position, press the CARTRIDGE button.  
3. Disconnect the power cord.  
4. Tape the cartridge holder in place.  
5. Disconnect the optional handset, extension phone or answering machine (if  
using them), the telephone line, and the parallel cable to the PC.  
6. Remove the sending document support, document support for scanned  
documents, and output tray extension. See ”Attaching Components” on page  
2-11.  
7. Remove the optional handset if you have attached it to the MultiPASS C50.  
See Appendix B.  
8. Replace all tapes and shipping materials you removed when you first  
unpacked the MultiPASS C50. See ”Removing Shipping Materials” on  
page 2-8.  
9. Pack the MultiPASS C50 and all its components into its original shipping  
carton. Use the illustration on page 2-5 for reference.  
If you no longer have the shipping carton your MultiPASS C50 came in, pack the  
unit in a suitably sized, sturdy cardboard box, using bubble wrap, foam peanuts,  
or other suitable packing materials.  
Chapter 9  
Maintaining Your MultiPASS C50  
9-21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9-22  
Maintaining Your MultiPASS C50  
Chapter 9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix A  
Specifications  
The specifications of the MultiPASS C50 are listed in this section.  
General ....................................................................................................................... A-2  
Plain Paper Fax .......................................................................................................... A-3  
Copier .......................................................................................................................... A-4  
Telephone ................................................................................................................... A-5  
Printer ......................................................................................................................... A-6  
Printable Area: Papers .................................................................................. A-7  
Printable Area: Envelopes ............................................................................ A-8  
Scanner ...................................................................................................................... A-10  
Document Sizes ....................................................................................................... A-11  
PC Interface ............................................................................................................. A-13  
MultiPASS Desktop Manager for Windowsă ...................................................... A-13  
Appendix A  
Specifications  
A-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
General  
Applicable line:  
Compatibility:  
Public Switched Telephone Network  
G3  
Data compression system:  
Modem type:  
MH, MR, MMR (ECM-MMR)  
FAX modem  
Modem speed:  
14400, 9600, 7200, 4800, 2400 bps (automatic  
fallback)  
Transmission speed:  
Approximately 6 seconds/page* (transmitting  
from memory)  
Transmission/reception  
memory:  
672 KB DRAM, MR storage  
Approximately 42 pages**  
LCD displays memory used  
Uses direct transmission when memory is full  
Liquid crystal display:  
Display languages:  
16 × 1  
English, French, Spanish, Italian, Finnish,  
German, Danish, Swedish, Dutch, Norwegian,  
Portuguese, Slovene, Czech, and Hungarian  
Power source:  
200-240 V/50-60 Hz  
Power consumption:  
Maximum: approximately 47.2 W  
Minimum: approximately 7.8 W (standby  
mode)  
Dimensions (W×D×H):  
Weight:  
400 × 365 × 205 mm (main unit only, no trays, no  
handset)  
Approximately 5.6 kg  
*Based on Canon FAX Standard Chart No.1 (ECM-MMR Standard Mode)  
**Based on Canon FAX Standard Chart No.1 (Standard Mode)  
A-2  
Specifications  
Appendix A  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Environmental requirements:  
Applicable standards:  
Temperature:  
Humidity:  
10g-32.5gC  
10%-90% RH  
Electrical safety: GS, FIMKO  
Radiation:  
PTT  
CISPR Pub22 ClassB  
Energy Star compliant  
Interface:  
IEEE 1284 compatible parallel interface  
Approx. 6 seconds* (G3 ECM MMR)  
Plain Paper Fax  
Transmission time:  
Resolution:  
Fine mode: 8 pels/mm × 7.7 lines/mm  
Standard mode: 8 pels/mm × 3.85 lines/mm  
Automatic document feeder  
capacity:**  
20 A4- or letter-size sheets  
10 legal-size sheets  
Document sizes (W × L):  
Maximum: 216 × 1000 mm  
Minimum: 210 × 148 mm  
Effective scanning width:  
Scanning image processing:  
208 mm  
GENESIS/Ultra-High-Quality Image  
Processing System (UHQ)  
Halftones: 256 levels of grey  
Recording method:  
Fax printing speed:  
Bubble Jet printing  
Approx. 4 pages/minute*  
*Based on Canon FAX Standard Chart No.1 (Standard Mode)  
**75 g/m2 paper  
Appendix A  
Specifications  
A-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Dialling:  
Automatic dialling:  
One-touch speed dialling (6 locations)  
Coded speed dialling (50 locations)  
Group dialling (55 locations)  
Regular dialling (with numeric buttons)  
Automatic redialling (including error  
redialling)  
Manual redialling  
Pause button  
Networking:  
Sequential broadcast (up to 57 locations)  
Automatic receiving  
Non-ring reception  
Deactivate ECM  
Report/reference:  
Ink saver:  
Activity report (up to 20 transactions)  
Non-delivery report  
TTI (Transmitter Terminal Identification)  
Economy mode for printing received faxes  
approximately doubles cartridge life  
Copier  
Scanning resolution:  
FINE: 8 pels/mm × 7.7 lines/mm  
(memory copy)  
360 × 360 dpi (direct copy)  
PHOTO: 8 pels/mm × 7.7 lines/mm with  
halftone (memory copy)  
360 × 360 dpi (direct copy)  
COLOR FINE: 360 × 360 dpi, full colour  
COLOR DRAFT: 360 × 180 dpi, full colour  
COLOR SNAPSHOT: 360 × 360 dpi, full  
colour (102 mm width)  
Printing resolution:  
Default size:  
360 × 360 dpi  
100%  
A-4  
Specifications  
Appendix A  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Reduction sizes:  
Copy speed:  
70%, 80%, 90%  
Black and white copy:  
Initial copy: 45 seconds  
Subsequent copies: 20 seconds  
Colour copy:  
COLOR FINE mode, A4 size:  
9 minutes, 44 seconds  
COLOR DRAFT mode, A4 size:  
6 minutes, 3 seconds  
COLOR SNAPSHOT mode, 102 × 152 mm  
photograph: 3 minutes, 51 seconds  
Multiple copies:  
Up to 99 copies of a black and white  
document  
1 copy of a colour document  
Telephone  
Automatic FAX/TEL switchover  
Answering machine connection (CNG detecting signal, no sound)  
Optional handset connection  
Extension phone connection  
Remote reception by extension phone (Default reception ID: 25)  
Tone button  
Pause button  
Appendix A  
Specifications  
A-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printer  
Printing method:  
Printing resolution:  
Paper handling:  
Bubble Jet ink on-demand  
720 × 360 dpi  
Automatic feed/Manual feed  
Sheet feeder capacity:  
100 sheets of A4/letter/legal (75 g/m2)  
50 sheets of transparencies  
10 sheets of back print film  
10 envelopes  
Paper sizes:  
A4 (210 × 297 mm)  
Letter (8.5 × 11 in.)  
Legal (8.5 × 14 in.)  
Envelope sizes:  
Media types:  
European DL envelope (220 × 110 mm)  
U.S. Commercial No. 10 envelope  
(9.5 × 4.1 in.)  
Plain paper  
Coated paper (Canon LC-301 and HR-101)  
Overhead projector film (Canon CF-102)  
Back print film (Canon BF-102)  
High-gloss film (Canon HG-101)  
Fabric sheet (Canon FS-101)  
Glossy paper (Canon GP-101)  
Envelope (European DL or Commercial  
No. 10)  
Paper weight:  
64-90 g/m2 for automatic feed  
90-105 g/m2 for manual feed  
Line-feed speed:  
Printing speed:  
Approximately 60 ms/line at 1/6-in./line  
BC-21/21e Colour BJ Cartridge (Black  
printing): up to 2 pages per minute  
BC-21/21e Colour BJ Cartridge (Colour  
printing): approximately 0.3-0.8 pages per  
minute (full coverage of printable area)  
BC-20 Black BJ Cartridge: up to 5 pages per  
minute  
Printing width:  
Maximum 203 mm  
A-6  
Specifications  
Appendix A  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printable Area: Papers  
The shaded area in the following figure shows the printable area for papers.  
a
b
b
d
c
e
Printable area:  
A4 size  
Letter size  
Legal size  
a
b
c
210 mm  
3.4 mm  
297 mm  
3.0 mm  
7.0 mm  
a
b
c
8.5Ș  
a
b
c
8.5Ș  
0.25Ș  
11.0Ș  
0.12Ș  
0.27Ș  
0.25Ș  
14.0Ș  
0.12Ș  
0.27Ș  
d
e
d
e
d
e
Appendix A  
Specifications  
A-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printable Area: Envelopes  
The shaded portion in the following figure shows the printable area for  
envelopes.  
a
b
c
e
d
f
Printable area:  
European DL  
U.S. Commercial No. 10  
a
b
c
d
e
f
220 mm  
6.4 mm  
10.4 mm  
110 mm  
3.0 mm  
7.0 mm  
a
b
c
d
e
f
9.5Ș  
0.25Ș  
1.2Ș  
4.1Ș  
0.12Ș  
0.27Ș  
A-8  
Specifications  
Appendix A  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
BC-20 Black BJ cartridge  
Print head:  
Ink colour:  
Contents:  
128 nozzles  
Black  
Isopropyl alcohol 67-63-0, glycerine 56-81-5,  
ethylene glycol 107-21-1  
Cartridge life/cartridge  
yield:  
Approx. 900 pages at 5% coverage  
BC-21/21e Colour BJ cartridge  
Print head:  
64 nozzles for black  
24 nozzles each for cyan, magenta, yellow  
Ink tanks:  
BCI-21 Colour (cyan, magenta, yellow)  
BCI-21 Black  
Ink colours:  
Black, cyan, magenta, yellow  
Contents/black:  
Isopropyl alcohol 67-63-0, glycerine 56-81-5,  
ethylene glycol 107-21-1  
Contents/colour:  
Ink tank yield:  
Glycerine 56-81-5  
BCI-21 Colour: approx. 100 pages/tank at  
7.5% coverage for each colour  
BCI-21 Black: approx. 150 pages/tank at  
7.5% coverage  
BC-22/22e Photo BJ cartridge  
Print head:  
64 nozzles for black  
24 nozzles each for cyan, magenta, yellow  
Ink colours:  
Black, cyan, magenta, yellow  
Cartridge yield:  
Approx. 50 pages/cartridge at 7.5% coverage for  
each colour  
BC-29F Fluorescent BJ cartridge  
Print head:  
64 nozzles for black  
24 nozzles for colour  
Ink colours:  
Fluorescent magenta, yellow, normal cyan, black  
Cartridge yield:  
Approx. 100 pages/cartridge at 7.5% coverage  
for each colour  
Appendix A  
Specifications  
A-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Scanner  
Scanning method:  
Solid-state electronic scanning by contact colour  
image sensor  
Scanning image processing:  
Ultra-High-Quality Image Processing System  
(UHQTM  
)
Halftones: 256 levels of grey  
Colour: 16.7 million colours  
Scanning resolution:  
Standard 300 dpi  
Enhanced 30-600 dpi (Set from within a  
TWAIN application)  
Automatic document feeder  
capacity:*  
20 A4- or letter-size sheets  
10 legal-size sheets  
Document sizes (W × L):  
Maximum: 216 × 1000 mm  
Minimum: 80 × 45 mm  
Effective scanning width:  
Compatibility:  
214 mm  
TWAIN  
Scanning speed:**  
B&W Text (30-150 dpi):  
9 sec/page, 5 ms/line  
B&W Text (151-300 dpi):  
18 sec/page, 5 ms/line  
B&W Text (301-600 dpi):  
5 sec/page, 5 ms/line  
Greyscale (30-150 dpi):  
13 sec/page, 7 ms/line  
Greyscale (151-300 dpi):  
25 sec/page, 7 ms/line  
Greyscale (301-600 dpi):  
78 sec/page, 11 ms/line  
Colour (30-150 dpi):  
39 sec/page, 21 ms/line  
Colour (151-300 dpi):  
75 sec/page, 21 ms/line  
Colour (301-600 dpi):  
234 sec/page, 33 ms/line  
*Based on 75 g/m2 paper  
**Scanning size: A4. Does not include forward time or data transfer time.  
A-10 Specifications  
Appendix A  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Document Sizes  
The following illustrations show the largest and smallest documents you can feed  
into the MultiPASS C50.  
When the document feed lever is set to Automatic document feed  
Maximum Document Size  
216 mm  
Minimum Document Size  
210 mm  
148 mm  
UP TO A MAXIMUM  
OF 32 MINUTES FOR  
EACH PAGE OR 1  
METRE IN LENGTH  
When the document feed lever is set to Manual document feed  
Note that the scanning length may be shorter than the length of the actual  
document.  
Maximum Document Size  
216 mm  
Minimum Document Size  
80 mm  
45 mm  
UP TO A MAXIMUM  
OF 32 MINUTES FOR  
EACH PAGE OR  
APPROX. 1 METRE  
IN LENGTH  
Appendix A  
Specifications A-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
The figure below shows how much of an A4-size document the MultiPASS C50  
scans when faxing or scanning.  
Max. 4.0 mm  
A4  
Max. 4.0 mm  
Max. 4.5 mm  
Max. 4.5 mm  
A margin of up to 4.5 mm on either side of the sheet and up to 4.0 mm on the top  
and bottom are outside the MultiPASS C50’s scanning area.  
A-12 Specifications  
Appendix A  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PC Interface  
Type:  
Bi-directional parallel  
Mode:  
Compatible, Nibble, ECP  
MultiPASS Desktop Manager for Windowsă  
System requirements:  
IBM compatible PC, 486 or faster processor  
(i486 DX or faster recommended)  
8 MB of RAM (16 MB recommended)  
25 MB of free hard disk space  
Windowsă 95/98  
Bidirectional parallel cable  
CD-ROM Drive  
PC Fax:  
Canon proprietary MultiPASS Desktop  
Manager for Windows  
Fax/Telephone address book  
Fax Viewer  
Fax Log  
Fax distribution lists  
Real-time MultiPASS C50 hardware status  
available through PC  
Appendix A  
Specifications A-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
A-14 Specifications  
Appendix A  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix B  
Options  
This section describes the optional equipment available for use with the  
MultiPASS C50.  
Optional Handset ....................................................................................................... B-2  
Package Contents ........................................................................................... B-2  
Attaching the Handset to Your Unit ........................................................... B-3  
Control Panel and Functions ........................................................................ B-6  
Maintaining Your Handset ............................................................................ B-8  
Appendix B  
Options  
B-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Optional Handset  
The optional handset available for connection to your MultiPASS C50. Contact  
your Canon dealer for more information.  
Package Contents  
Make sure you have the following items. If anything is damaged or missing,  
notify your Canon dealer immediately.  
HANDSET  
SCREWS WITH PLUGS  
SCREWS  
(NOT USED FOR THE  
MultiPASS C50)  
HANDSET CRADLE  
The two screws with a plastic white head are not for use with the MultiPASS C50.  
You only need the two screws with plugs provided.  
B-2  
Options  
Appendix B  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Attaching the Handset to Your Unit  
To attach the handset to your unit, follow these steps:  
1. Use a screwdriver to remove the two covers on the left side of the unit.  
2. Remove the screws from the plugs and insert the plugs in the holes on the  
handset cradle.  
Appendix B  
Options  
B-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. Insert the plugs with the handset cradle in the holes on the unit.  
If you have difficulty inserting the plugs, turn the unit so that the left side is  
facing you and the right side is placed against a wall. This will allow you to insert  
the plugs without the unit moving.  
4. Insert the screws into the plugs and push them in with your finger.  
½
½
If you cannot push the screws in with your finger, use a phillips screwdriver to  
push them in. (Do not screw them in as the screws may break.)  
Make sure the screws are inserted all the way into the plugs.  
B-4  
Options  
Appendix B  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. Connect the handset cord to the input jack marked  
unit.  
on the left side of the  
When carrying the unit, do not lift it by the handset cradle as it may break.  
If you need to remove the handset cradle after it is installed, use a small phillips  
screwdriver to remove the two screws.  
Appendix B  
Options  
B-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Control Panel and Functions  
This section describes the parts of your handset and its functions.  
RECEIVER  
HOOK BUTTON  
¿ NUMERIC BUTTONS  
³ R BUTTON  
· RINGER SWITCH  
TRANSMITTER  
» TONE/PULSE SWITCH  
TELEPHONE LINE CABLE  
For details on the functions see the following pages.  
B-6  
Options  
Appendix B  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
³ R Button  
This button can be used when the handset is connected to a PABX or a System  
’X’ exchange. The R button is used to obtain a second line to the PABX while  
holding the original line (for example, when transferring a call from one  
extension to another or when using some of the new features of the System ’X’  
exchange*). See your PABX user guide, or contact your service provider for  
details. See also page 4-20 of this user’s guide.  
This telephone has two methods of recall:  
½
½
EARTH (ETH): EARTH LOOP RECALL  
BREAK (TLB): TIMED BREAK RECALL  
Use the ETH/TLB switch to select the recall method you wish to use.  
· Ringer Switch  
The ringer switch allows you to select the ring volume of the handset for  
incoming calls. Set to HI, LO, or OFF according to your preference.  
» TONE/PULSE Switch  
The handset is designed to operate on both Multi-Frequency (Tone) and Loop  
Disconnect (Pulse) telephone lines.  
The tone/pulse switch enables you to switch from tone dialling to pulse dialling or  
vice versa. Contact your service provider for further information.  
Use a pointed instrument to set this switch to P (pulse dialling) or T (tone  
dialling).  
¿ Numeric Buttons  
Use the numeric buttons to dial the number of the party you wish to call.  
Button  
*
Press this button to enter a pause between numbers. (For pulse dialling only.)  
# Button  
Press this button to redial the last number you called. (For pulse dialling only.)  
*System ’X’ exchange features include THREE WAY CALLING, and CALL WAITING.  
Appendix B  
Options  
B-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Maintaining Your Handset  
Follow these guidelines to maintain your handset in top working condition.  
½
½
½
Do not leave your handset exposed to direct sunlight.  
Do not install your handset in hot or humid conditions.  
Do not spray aerosol polishes on your handset as they may enter the holes on  
your handset and cause damage.  
½
Use a damp cloth to clean your handset.  
B-8  
Options  
Appendix B  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Glossary  
A
AC  
Alternating current. The type of electrical current available from a wall outlet.  
Activity report  
A journal of the MultiPASS C50’s fax transactions, both sent and received.  
Address Book  
The MultiPASS Desktop Manager for Windows provides you with an electronic  
Address Book that allows you to create a list of people with their phone/fax  
numbers. In the Address Book you can add new entries, create a fax group, edit  
existing entries, and sort the entries based on last, first or company name. You  
can import an existing text file of addresses or export the Address Book to a text  
file. You can send faxes and make telephone calls using the Address Book. See  
Registering.  
Application program  
Software prepared for a specific function or set of functions. Examples include  
word-processing programs and the MultiPASS Desktop Manager. Developers  
who make application programs include driver’s that support different types of  
printers.  
ASCII  
Acronym for American Standard Code for Information Interchange. A set of  
definitions for the bit composition of characters and symbols. ASCII defines 128  
symbols using 7 binary bits and 1 parity bit.  
Auto FAX/TEL switching  
See FAX/TEL switching.  
Automatic dialling  
Dialling fax or telephone numbers by pressing one or three buttons. To use  
automatic dialling, you must register the numbers in the MultiPASS C50’s  
memory. See also One-touch speed dialling, Coded speed dialling, Group dialling,  
and Address Book.  
Glossary  
G-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Automatic Document Feeder (ADF)  
The device included in the MultiPASS C50 that automatically feeds the document  
being faxed, copied, or scanned into the MultiPASS C50.  
Automatic image reduction  
The MultiPASS C50 can print the date, time, company name, and a fax number at  
the top of the faxes it receives. To prevent this information from crowding the  
faxed image on the page and possibly lengthening the fax, the MultiPASS C50  
automatically reduces the size of the image on the page.  
Automatic redialling  
When the receiving fax machine is busy or does not answer, or when an error  
occurs while sending, the MultiPASS C50 waits a specified time and then  
automatically redials the number. If the receiving fax is still busy or does not  
answer, the MultiPASS C50 waits the specified time and dials again. If the fax still  
doesn’t go through, the MultiPASS C50 prints an activity report.  
B
Bi-directional parallel interface port  
An interface connection that can send and receive signals. For example, when  
you print or send a fax from your computer, data goes from your computer to the  
MultiPASS C50; when you scan or receive a fax into your computer, data goes  
from the MultiPASS C50 to your computer.  
BJ cartridge  
The printing mechanism that contains the print head unit and ink cartridges.  
Bold  
A characteristic of a printed character that indicates wider, darker representation.  
Also referred to as emphasised or double-strike printing.  
bps  
Bits per second. Refers to the speed with which a fax machine sends and receives  
data.  
Broadcasting  
Transmitting documents to more than one location (through the MultiPASS C50’s  
memory).  
G-2  
Glossary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Bubble Jet (BJ) printing  
An ink-jet type printer that heats the ink to a boiling point in a nozzle to form a  
bubble. When the bubble expands, there is no room left in the nozzle for the ink  
and the ink is projected onto paper.  
C
Centronics  
An interface standard for parallel data transmission. The interface on the  
MultiPASS C50 is a Centronics-type parallel interface.  
Character set  
A complete collection of the characters and symbols that constitute all the  
elements of a language or discipline (mathematics, for example), including  
punctuation and numbers, with a one-to-one correspondence to the ASCII codes  
00-7F (hexadecimal). The printer uses these characters to determine its printing  
and nonprinting activities after it receives data from the host computer.  
CMYK  
Acronym for cyan, magenta, yellow, and black; the four colours used in the  
standard colour model of the printing industry. Refers to a method of specifying  
colour using CMYK colour values. (K is used for black because B is used to  
represent blue in RGB.)  
CNG  
Calling Tone. This is a signal sent by fax machines to identify the call as an  
incoming document. When the receiving fax detects this signal, it automatically  
starts to receive the fax transmission. The majority of fax machines in use today  
can send and detect CNG signals.  
Code page  
A set of 256 graphic designs (characters) associated with unique extended ASCII  
code values from 0 through 255. Code Page 437 is USA and Code Page 850 is  
Multilingual.  
Coded speed dialling  
An automatic dialling method that allows you to dial a fax or telephone number  
by pressing the CODED DIAL button and a two-digit code using the numeric  
buttons.  
Glossary  
G-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Composite black  
The black colour formed by mixing cyan, magenta, and yellow ink so that they  
appear almost black on a printout.  
Control code  
Special data that invokes nonprinting functions of the printer, such as line feed or  
carriage return. In the ASCII chart, control codes are represented by decimal  
numbers 0-31, 127, 128, 159, and 255.  
cpi  
Characters per inch. A unit of measurement relevant to a fixed-space font.  
Because all characters have the same width, you can calculate the number of  
characters printed per inch.  
cps  
Characters per second. A unit of measurement that indicates the printer’s speed.  
Cursor  
The underline symbol you see on the LCD display when you register numbers  
and names in the MultiPASS C50. Press the arrow buttons to move the cursor.  
D
dB(A)  
Stands for decibel level (a decibel being a unit of measurement for the intensity of  
the sound coming from the unit), adjusted for background noise.  
Delayed sending  
The ability to send a document at a preset time in the future. You do not have to  
be in your office to use delayed sending to one or more destinations. (You can set  
up only one delayed transmission at a time with the MultiPASS Desktop  
Manager for Windowsă software.)  
Dialling methods  
Ways of pressing one or more buttons to access a number to connect to an  
outside party or fax machine. Dialling methods include one-touch, coded speed  
dialling, group dialling, and manual (regular).  
G-4  
Glossary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Dithering  
A method by which colour dots are combined on a page to produce a wide  
spectrum of colours.  
Document  
The sheet of paper containing the data that you send to, or receive from a unit.  
dpi  
Dots per inch. A unit of measurement for indicating a printer’s resolution. Your  
MultiPASS C50 can produce a resolution up to 720 dpi precision (horizontal)  
depending on the printer control mode and the application you are using.  
Dual access (Multitasking)  
Enables the MultiPASS C50 to receive a fax, even if it is copying or printing a  
document. Also enables you to load other faxes into memory, make copies, print  
out reports, print documents or register information while the MultiPASS C50  
sends a fax from memory.  
E
ECM  
Error Correction Mode. The ability of your MultiPASS C50 to reduce system and  
line errors when sending or receiving from another fax with ECM capability.  
ECM is most effective in areas where the telephone lines are in poor condition or  
there is frequent interference on the line. Do not use ECM if you need to send a  
document quickly and you are sure the other party can read your transmission  
without it (turning off ECM also turns off MMR).  
Extension  
A telephone connected to the MultiPASS C50 that is used in place of the  
handset. You can use the extension telephone to activate incoming reception of  
documents manually.  
F
Factory default  
The MultiPASS C50 is preprogrammed in the factory with settings that we  
recommend. These are known as Factory Default Settings. You can customise  
your MultiPASS C50 by programming settings other than the Factory Default  
Settings.  
Glossary  
G-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
FAX/TEL switching  
This option allows you to set the MultiPASS C50 to automatically detect whether  
a call is from a fax or telephone. If the call is from another fax, the transmission is  
automatically received. If the call is from a telephone, the MultiPASS C50 rings  
to let you know, so you can pick up the handset. With this feature, one telephone  
line can be shared by both the telephone and the fax.  
FINE  
The resolution setting for documents with very small characters and lines.  
Form feed  
A printer function that automatically ejects the current page and advances the  
printer to the top of the next page.  
G
G3, Group 3 fax machine  
Defined by CCITT. Uses encoding schemes to transmit image data while reducing  
the amount of data that needs to be transmitted, thus reducing transmission time.  
G3 fax machines can transmit one page in less than one minute. Encoding  
schemes for G3 fax machines are Modified Huffman (MH), Modified READ  
(MR), and Modified Modified READ (MMR).  
Graphic  
A written, printed, or electronically displayed symbol or drawing. Also characters  
or text that have been generated by a computer graphics application program.  
Greyscale  
Representing colour in black and white as a result of different intensities of  
colour. Different colours and intensities of colours appear as different shades of  
grey.  
Group dialling  
A dialling method that enables you to dial up to 55 registered one-touch speed  
dialling or coded speed dialling numbers together as a group. This means that you  
can press just one or three buttons to enter numbers when sending the same  
document to many destinations.  
G-6  
Glossary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
H
Halftone  
Using this method, the MultiPASS C50 produces shades of grey or of colours by  
mapping dots to be printed. For colour printing, different coloured dots of ink are  
placed closely together to create illusions of other colours.  
Hue  
A colour in the colour spectrum. Examples are red, green, and violet.  
I
IEEE 1284  
IEEE 1284 is the new specification standard for PC-to-peripheral bi-directional  
parallel interface communications. The new standard was adopted by IEEE,  
Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, Inc., in 1993. Some of the  
benefits it provides are: bi-directional communication between PCs and  
peripheral devices, a higher speed data transfer rate, and protection against data  
loss due to noise interference.  
Ink Jet printer  
A nonimpact printer that ejects ink into paper to form characters. The  
MultiPASS C50 has a special type of ink jet printer built in called a Bubble Jet  
printer.  
Ink saver  
You can enable or disable economy printing (ink saving feature) when receiving  
faxes. By enabling the INKSAVER mode, ink consumption can be decreased by  
as much as fifty percent, resulting in a longer effective cartridge life.  
Ink tank  
The special type of ink container housed by the BJ cartridge. The BC-21/21e  
Colour BJ cartridge contains two ink tanks: one colour (which includes cyan,  
yellow, magenta) and one black.  
Intensity  
The amount of colour. More intense or more saturated colours are more pure.  
Less intense or less saturated colours are less vivid.  
Interface  
The connection between two devices that makes it possible for them to  
communicate with each other. This MultiPASS C50 features a parallel interface,  
which makes it compatible with IBM and similar personal computers.  
Glossary  
G-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Interface cable  
The cable used to create the interface between a printer and a computer.  
Interface port  
The MultiPASS C50 comes with one Centronics, 8-bit, bi-directional parallel  
interface port, located on the back of the unit. You attach the cable that connects  
your computer and MultiPASS C50 to this port.  
J
Jack  
The telephone receptacles on your wall or in your MultiPASS C50 used to  
connect the MultiPASS C50 to the telephone line, answering machine, or  
extension phone.  
L
Landscape orientation  
Refers to printing across the length of the page (as opposed to portrait  
orientation printing across the width of the page). The term landscape is derived  
from pictures of the landscape, which are usually horizontal in format.  
Line feed  
A printer function that advances the paper one line.  
Line weight  
The thickness of lines used in a graphic image or the stroke weight of text  
characters.  
M
Manual receiving  
A method of receiving faxes in which you answer all incoming calls using the  
extension phone. If you hear a slow beep it indicates an incoming fax  
transmission from another machine. Just press the  
receive the incoming fax.  
(START/COPY) button to  
Manual redialling  
When you use Regular dialling, you can redial a number manually simply by  
pressing the (REDIAL)/PAUSE button on the operation panel. The last  
number called is the number redialled.  
G-8  
Glossary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Memory broadcast  
Allows you to send a scanned fax to as many as 57 locations at once, using a  
combination of one-touch speed dialling, coded speed dialling, or manual dialling.  
Memory sending  
Scans a document into memory before the MultiPASS C50 dials the numbers and  
sends it. This method allows you to retrieve your original document immediately  
after scanning.  
Modem  
A device that converts (MOdulates) digital data for transmission over telephone  
lines. At the receiving end, this device converts the modulated data  
(DEModulates) to digital format that the computer understands.  
MultiPASS Desktop Manager for Windows software  
Canon’s exclusive software package that allows you to use the MultiPASS C50  
with your Windows software applications. You must install the MultiPASS  
Desktop Manager to use your MultiPASS C50 as a printer, scanner, or PC fax.  
N
Noise  
A term applied to a variety of problems that impair the operation of telephone  
lines used for faxing.  
Noise level  
See dB(A).  
Nonbleed  
A special mode in colour print quality selection whereby the printer changes  
from true black to composite black when directly adjacent to an area of colour.  
Numeric buttons  
The round, numbered buttons on the operation panel marked the same as a  
standard telephone keypad. Press them to perform regular dialling. You also use  
the numeric buttons to enter numbers and letters when you register numbers and  
names, and for entering coded speed dialling codes.  
Glossary  
G-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
O
Off-line  
The printer’s communication status in which you cannot transfer data from your  
computer to the printer.  
On-line  
The printer’s communication status in which it is being controlled by your  
computer and is ready to receive data.  
One-touch speed dialling  
An automatic dialling method that allows you to dial a fax or telephone number  
by pressing a single one-touch speed dialling button. The MultiPASS C50 can  
store up to 6 numbers for one-touch speed dialling.  
One-touch speed dialling buttons  
The buttons numbered 1 to 6 on the operation panel, each of which may be  
registered as a fax or telephone number. Once a number is registered, you press  
one button to dial the entire number.  
P
Page orientation  
Refers to the direction of print on the page. Printing across the width of a page is  
called portrait orientation. Printing across the length of a page is called landscape  
orientation.  
Paper feed  
Refers to guiding a sheet of paper into the printer’s paper path.  
Parallel interface  
An interface that transmits multiple bits simultaneously (usually in one-byte  
segments). Your MultiPASS C50 has a built-in, Centronics-type bi-directional  
parallel interface. See also Interface port.  
Pause  
A timing entry required for registering certain long distance numbers and for  
dialling out through some telephone systems or switchboards. Pressing the  
(REDIAL)/PAUSE button enters a pause between digits of a telephone/fax  
number.  
PC fax  
An electronic way to send and receive faxes. A PC fax is sent from or received in  
a computer. Using the MultiPASS C50 allows you to send and receive PC faxes  
and the MultiPASS Desktop Manager lets you save, sort, and print the PC faxes.  
G-10  
Glossary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Photo  
The document setting you use for sending or copying documents with  
intermediate tones, such as photographs.  
Platen  
The printer component that holds the paper in position during ink transfer.  
Point size  
Character height is defined in points; one point is 1/72 inch. For instance, this text  
is printed using a 10-point font.  
Portrait orientation  
Refers to printing across the width of the page (letter style). This is the opposite  
of landscape orientation, which is printing across the length of the page.  
Print head  
The printing mechanism that contains print nozzles and ejects the ink for  
printing.  
Print head capping  
An automatic protection function that prevents the print head unit and ink  
cartridges from drying out or becoming clogged with dust.  
Printable area  
The area of a sheet of paper on which a printer can reproduce text or graphics  
(the printing area is smaller than the paper). On this unit, the printing area varies  
depending on the type of paper being used.  
Printer driver  
Software that sends printing instructions to a printer (in this case, the MultiPASS  
C50). The printer driver keeps track of the attributes of a printer and the codes  
the program must send to access those attributes.  
Proportional spacing  
The spacing of characters according to the width of each character. This variable  
spacing between each character closes up awkward space and makes text easier  
to read.  
Proportionally spaced font  
A font in which each character is given an amount of space proportional to its  
size–less for an i and more for a w.  
Pulse  
See Rotary pulse.  
Glossary  
G-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Q
Quick-on-line sending  
Quick-on-line sending is the easiest and quickest way to send a document. After  
a document is set in the Automatic Document Feeder (ADF), the MultiPASS  
C50 begins to scan the entire document into the memory. As the first page of a  
multiple page document is being scanned, your MultiPASS C50 will begin to call  
the other party, and transmit the information even as the remaining pages are  
being scanned. The MultiPASS C50 scans the document quickly so you can get it  
back in a few moments and return to work.  
R
RAM  
Random Access Memory. Memory that is used for temporary storage of  
information such as: documents you want to print, scanned and received  
documents, and downloaded fonts.  
RECEIVE MODE  
The button that controls how the MultiPASS C50 receives fax and telephone  
calls.  
Receiving  
Receiving transmission is also defined as RX or Reception.  
The MultiPASS C50 can be customised to receive fax documents in many ways:  
½
½
Receive fax documents only (FAX ONLY MODE)  
Receive both telephone calls and fax documents on the same line (Fax/Tel  
Mode)  
½
½
Receive telephone calls and fax documents manually (MANUAL MODE)  
Receive documents directly into your PC (PC Faxing)  
Reception  
See Receiving.  
G-12  
Glossary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Redialling-automatic  
When the fax you dial does not answer or a sending error occurs, the MultiPASS  
C50 waits for a specified interval and then redials the same fax number. You can  
adjust the number of redials and the length of time between redialling.  
Redialling-manual  
When you use the regular dialling method, you can quickly call the last number  
dialled by pressing the  
(REDIAL)/PAUSE button.  
Reduction mode  
The MultiPASS C50’s automatic feature that slightly reduces the received image  
to allow room at the top of the page for the sender’s ID information. You can  
also reduce the size of large incoming documents using the Reduction option in  
the Receive Fax tab.  
Registering  
A process by which you place fax or telephone numbers and names in the  
MultiPASS C50’s memory for automatic dialling so that you can save time  
dialling frequently called destinations. See Address Book.  
Regular dialling  
Pressing the individual numeric buttons to dial a fax or telephone number.  
Remote receiving ID  
The two-digit code that enables you to manually activate a fax using an extension  
phone that is connected to the MultiPASS C50.  
Remote reception  
Activating a fax by answering an extension telephone that is connected to the  
MultiPASS C50, but that is not located near the MultiPASS C50. You need to dial  
a remote receiving ID number to start remote reception.  
Reports  
A document printed by the MultiPASS C50 and containing information about the  
faxes it has sent or received.  
Reset  
A way to clear printer errors; turn the printer mode off and then back on  
again.  
Glossary  
G-13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Resolution  
The density of dots for any given output device. Expressed in terms of dots per  
inch (dpi). Low resolution causes font characters and graphics to have a jagged  
appearance. Higher resolution means smoother curves and angles as well as a  
better match to traditional typeface designs. Resolution values are represented by  
horizontal data and vertical data, for example, 360 × 360 dpi. This printer can  
produce output with resolutions up to 720 × 360 dpi precision.  
RGB  
An acronym for Red, Green, and Blue; the three primary colours used in the  
additive process to form a wide spectrum of colours.  
ROM  
Read-Only Memory. You cannot modify this printer memory. When the printer is  
turned off, ROM memory remains intact. In this unit, the default settings and the  
resident fonts are stored in ROM.  
Rotary pulse  
A telephone dialling system where a dial is rotated to send pulses to the  
telephone switching system. When you pulse dial, you hear clicks. When you  
touch-tone dial, the most common dialling system, you hear tones. Rotary pulse  
dialling requires certain setting adjustments.  
RX  
See Receiving.  
S
Saturation  
The vividness or amount of a colour. See Intensity.  
Scanning contrast  
A setting that darkens or lightens the scanning of documents.  
G-14  
Glossary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Sender ID  
Information printed at the top of a fax (also called TTI or Transmit Terminal ID):  
½
½
½
½
½
Date and time the fax was sent  
Sender’s fax/phone number  
Sender’s name  
Your name or company name  
Page number  
Sending  
A fax document that has been scanned by a facsimile machine and sent over  
telephone lines, in the form of electrical pulses, to another facsimile machine.  
Also called TX or Transmit. The MultiPASS C50 also allows you to send a  
document directly from your PC (PC Faxing).  
Sending speed  
The rate at which faxes are transmitted through the phone line. See also bps (bits  
per seconds).  
Serif  
Short lines crossing and embellishing the ends of a letter’s main strokes.  
Smoothing mode  
A printer mode in which the printer enhances the horizontal resolution of black  
ink. The printer automatically initiates this mode to produce 720 × 360 dpi for  
black ink.  
STANDARD  
A document setting for sending normal typewritten or printed documents  
containing only text and no drawings, photographs, or illustrations.  
Standby  
The mode in which the MultiPASS C50 is on and ready to use. All operations  
start from standby mode when the LCD displays the date and time.  
Subtractive colours  
The three primary colours (cyan, yellow, and magenta); when combined through  
a subtractive process give a spectrum of colours.  
Glossary  
G-15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
T
Timed sending  
See Delayed sending.  
TONE  
A button that allows you to temporarily switch to touch-tone from pulse dialling.  
In some countries, on-line data services may require that you use tone dialling.  
Tone/pulse setting  
The ability to set the MultiPASS C50 to match the telephone dialling system your  
telephone line uses: touch-tone or rotary pulse.  
Transaction number  
A unique number assigned to each fax document sent (TX NO.) or received (RX  
NO.) by the MultiPASS C50 and used to identify that particular fax document.  
Transmit  
See Sending.  
True black  
In comparison to composite black, true black colour on a printout is obtained  
with the use of black ink.  
TrueType font  
The scalable font technology built into Microsoft Windows 95/98. It offers you  
the same font images both on computer displays and printer outputs.  
TTI  
Transmit Terminal ID. See Sender ID.  
TWAIN  
Both a protocol and an application programming interface (API) that allows you  
to input image data directly from any source (for example: desktop and handheld  
scanners, video capture boards, digital cameras, and other imaging equipment)  
without requiring users to switch out of the application. It provides compatibility  
between image input devices and applications by acting as the liaison between  
hardware devices and software applications. Because your MultiPASS C50  
supports TWAIN, you can use the scanning features of the MultiPASS C50 with  
any Windows application that also supports TWAIN. TWAIN, the industry  
standard, was developed by the TWAIN working group which consists of  
representatives from many leaders in the scanner hardware and software industry.  
G-16  
Glossary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TX  
See Sending.  
Typeface  
The printed design of characters. For instance, Courier, Script, and Roman  
typefaces all print characters of different designs.  
Typestyle  
Refers to how the typeface appears: slanted (italic) or upright.  
U
UHQTM (Ultra High Quality)  
An exclusive Canon digital image processing system that incorporates 64 shades  
of grey along with a special edge enhancement feature which ensures that text  
and photos are transmitted with ultimate clarity.  
Glossary  
G-17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
G-18  
Glossary  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
1-TOUCH SPEED DIAL setting 2-67, 2-68,  
3-3  
Answering Machine Mode Options  
setting 2-66  
Application 7-6  
Arrow buttons 2-25  
A
Assembling  
unit 2-11 to 2-13  
Access type  
Attaching  
registering 4-20, 4-21  
Accessing  
unit settings 2-71 to 2-73  
Adding pages  
to document 6-12  
ADF See Automatic Document Feeder  
Adjusting  
paper thickness lever 2-35, 2-42, 2-43  
ALARM lamp 2-24  
Alarm setting 2-62  
ALARM VOLUME setting 2-62, 2-69, 2-71  
ANS. MACHINE MODE  
description 5-2  
components 2-11 to 2-13  
document support 2-12  
ferrite core 2-14, 2-15  
output tray extension 2-13  
sending document support 2-11  
AUTO REDIAL message 8-30  
Auto Start Send setting 2-63  
Automatic  
document feed 6-2, 6-5, 6-6 to 6-8  
fax/tel switching 5-2, 5-4, 5-5  
feeding 2-45  
receiving 5-2, 5-8  
redialling with memory sending 4-15  
Automatic dialling 3-2, 4-7  
coded 3-2, 3-10 to 3-16, 4-7  
group 3-2, 3-17 to 3-21  
one-touch 3-2, 3-3 to 3-9, 4-7  
Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) 1-7, 2-20  
adding pages 6-12  
setting 5-3  
using 5-9  
AnsMode display See ANS. MACHINE  
MODE  
Answer Receive Mode setting 2-65  
Answering machine  
connecting 2-17  
jams 8-6, 8-7  
jack 2-17, 2-21  
mode 5-9  
using 5-9  
loading documents 6-6 to 6-11  
removing document 4-13, 4-14  
Automatic Report Print setting 2-63  
Automatic Retries Number setting 2-63  
Index  
I-1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
B
C
Back Print Film BF-102 2-38  
BC-20 Black BJ cartridge 2-6, 2-29  
BC-21/21e Colour BJ cartridge 2-6, 2-29  
BC-22/22e Photo Colour BJ cartridge 2-30  
BC-29F Fluorescent BJ cartridge 2-30  
BCI-21 Black ink tank 2-29  
BCI-21 Colour ink tank 2-29  
BF-102 See Back Print Film BF-102  
Bi-directional parallel port 2-21  
connecting to 2-14  
CALLING message 8-30  
CALLING VOLUME setting 2-62, 2-68, 2-71  
Cancelling  
automatic redialling 4-16, 4-17  
manual redialling 4-15  
receiving 5-14  
sending 4-12  
Canon media 2-38, 2-39  
Photo Kit 1-10  
Cartridge  
BJ cartridge See Cartridge  
Broadcasting  
BC-20 Black BJ 2-29  
BC-21/21e Colour BJ 2-29  
BC-22/22e Photo BJ 2-30  
BC-29F Fluorescent BJ 2-30  
guidelines 2-27  
sequential 4-18, 4-19  
Bubble Jet Paper LC-101 2-38  
BUSY/NO SIGNAL message 8-30  
Button  
holder 2-22  
arrow 2-25  
CARTRIDGE 2-25  
CODED DIAL 2-24  
installing 2-31 to 2-35  
maintaining 2-27, 2-28  
print head 9-9  
D.T. 2-26, 4-23  
FUNCTION 2-25  
numeric 2-24  
one-touch speed dial 2-24  
PRINTER RESET 2-25  
R 2-26, 4-20, 4-21  
replacing 9-10 to 9-16  
SB-21 BJ Container 2-6, 2-30, 2-36  
selecting 2-29 to 2-30  
storing 2-36  
types 2-29, 2-30  
using 2-27, 2-28  
RECEIVE MODE 2-23  
REDIAL/PAUSE 2-24  
RESOLUTION 2-23  
RESUME 2-25  
special function 2-24, 2-25 to 2-26  
START/COPY 2-24  
STOP 2-24  
TONE/+ 2-25, 4-24  
I-2  
Index  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CARTRIDGE button 2-25  
CARTRIDGE JAMMED message 8-30  
CF-102 See Transparencies CF-102  
CHANGE CARTRIDGE message 5-10, 8-31,  
9-10  
CHECK DOCUMENT message 8-31  
CHECK PAPER SIZE message 8-31  
CHECK PRINTER message 8-31  
Cleaning  
COMMUNICATING PLEASE WAIT  
message 8-31  
Company setting 2-63  
Components 2-6, 2-20 to 2-26  
attaching 2-11 to 2-13  
unpacking 2-5  
Confirm before Deleting setting 2-62  
Connecting See Connection  
Connection  
exterior 9-2  
interior 9-2, 9-3  
print head 9-9  
answering machine 2-17  
optional handset 2-17  
PC 2-14, 2-15  
scanner components 9-4 to 9-7  
sheet 2-50, 2-51  
power cord 2-18, 2-19  
telephone 2-17  
CLEAR PAPER JAM 5-11, 8-31  
Code  
telephone line 2-16  
Connector  
error 8-30 to 8-34  
power 2-21  
CODED DIAL button 2-24  
CODED SPEED DIAL setting 2-67,  
2-68, 3-10  
Contrast  
setting 4-4, 4-5  
Convention  
Coded speed dialling  
changing names 3-12 to 3-14  
changing numbers 3-12 to 3-14  
deleting numbers 3-12, 3-13  
description 3-2, 4-7  
storing 3-10, 3-11  
using 3-15, 3-16  
with sequential broadcasting 4-18  
COLOR COPY MEDIA setting 2-67,  
2-69, 2-72  
type 1-12  
Copier See also Copying  
features 1-5  
problems 8-26 to 8-28  
Copying 6-13 to 6-15  
problems 8-18, 8-26 to 8-28  
receiving while 5-13  
reduction 1-5, 6-13 to 6-15  
setting resolution 6-13  
Customer support 1-13, 8-3  
Colour copier  
features 1-5  
problems 8-26 to 8-28  
Colour printing  
advice 7-6  
features 1-6  
monitors and 7-7  
problems 8-26 to 8-28  
selecting paper 7-6  
Colour scanner  
features 1-7  
Index  
I-3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
D
E
D.T. button 2-26  
ECM See Error Correction Mode  
ECM RX message 8-32  
ECM TX message 8-32  
Editing  
information 2-57  
user information 2-60  
Entering  
using 4-23  
DATE & TIME setting 2-58, 2-62, 2-68  
Date Format setting 2-62  
Default Action if No Answer to Telephone  
setting 2-66  
Desktop Manager See MultiPASS Desktop  
Manager  
date 2-58  
Dial tone  
guidelines 2-55  
confirming 4-23  
letters 2-56, 2-57  
Dialling  
numbers 2-56, 2-57  
pauses 4-22  
automatic 3-2, 4-7  
coded speed 3-2, 3-10 to 3-16, 4-7  
group 3-2, 3-17 to 3-21  
long distance 4-22  
symbols 2-56, 2-57  
telephone line type 2-59  
time 2-58  
methods 4-7  
unit name 2-58  
one-touch 3-2, 3-3 to 3-9, 4-7  
PC 4-7  
point and click 1-4, 1-5  
regular 4-7  
unit telephone number 2-58  
user information 2-54, 2-58, 2-60  
via MultiPASS Desktop Manager 2-54, 2-61  
via operation panel 2-54, 2-61  
Envelopes  
speed 3-2  
through a switchboard 4-20, 4-21  
tone on pulse line 4-24  
Dimensions 2-4  
loading 2-44, 2-45  
printable area 2-41  
printing 7-2 to 7-5  
Display Language setting 2-62  
DISPLAY LANGUAGE setting 2-62,  
2-70, 2-72  
selecting 2-37  
Error codes 8-30 to 8-34  
Error Correction (ECM) setting 2-63, 2-65  
Error Correction Mode 1-4  
Dithering 7-7  
DOC. TOO LONG message 8-31, 8-32  
Document  
adding pages 6-12  
copying 6-13 to 6-15  
guides 2-20  
in memory 5-10, 5-12  
loading 6-6 to 6-11  
problem 6-3  
problems with 6-9  
removing from ADF 4-13, 4-14  
scanning 6-2 to 6-12  
Document feed lever 2-23, 6-2, 6-3  
selecting 6-5  
DOCUMENT READY message 8-32  
Document support 2-6, 2-20  
attaching 2-12  
Documentation 1-11  
I-4  
Index  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F
G
Fabric Sheets FS-101 2-39  
printing 2-52  
GROUP DIAL setting 2-67, 2-68, 3-17  
Group dialling  
Fax  
creating groups 3-17 to 3-20  
description 3-2, 4-19  
cancelling 4-12  
cancelling incoming 5-14  
features 1-4  
using 3-21  
printing 5-12  
problems 8-12 to 8-17  
sending 4-8 to 4-11  
Fax Heading Position setting 2-64  
Fax Number setting 2-63  
FAX ONLY MODE  
description 5-2  
H
Handset  
attaching See Appendix B  
connecting 2-17  
jack 2-17, 2-21  
setting 5-3  
using 5-8  
Fax/Tel Mode  
HANG UP PHONE message 8-32  
HEAD CLEANING setting 2-67, 2-70, 9-9  
Heading setting 2-63  
description 5-2  
setting 5-3  
using 5-4, 5-5  
HG-101 See High-Gloss Film HG-101  
High-Gloss Film HG-101 2-39  
High Resolution Paper HR-101 2-38  
cleaning sheet 2-50, 2-51  
printing 2-50  
HR-101 See High Resolution Paper HR-101  
Hue 7-7  
Humidity  
FaxOnly display See FAX ONLY MODE  
FaxTel display See Fax/Tel Mode  
Features  
colour copier 1-5  
colour printer 1-6  
colour scanner 1-7  
fax 1-4  
location 2-3  
paper storage 2-44  
main 1-3 to 1-7  
telephone 1-5  
Feeding  
problems 8-9 to 8-11  
Ferrite core 2-6  
attaching 2-14, 2-15  
FILE PRINT setting 2-67, 2-70, 5-12  
Film  
Back Print Film BF-102 2-38  
High-Gloss Film HG-101 2-39  
FS-101 See Fabric Sheets FS-101  
FUNCTION button 2-25  
Index  
I-5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
I
K
Image Contrast setting 2-64  
Include Fax Image setting 2-63  
Incoming Ring setting 2-62  
Ink Saver Mode setting 2-66  
Ink tank 1-9, 2-29  
Keypad setting 2-62  
KEYPAD VOLUME setting 2-62, 2-68, 2-71  
L
BCI 21 Black 2-29  
BCI-21 Colour 2-29  
Lamp  
replacing 9-17 to 9-20  
INSTALL BC-21 message 8-32  
INSTALL BC-21/20 message 8-32  
Installing  
BJ cartridges 2-31 to 2-35  
Intensity 7-7  
ALARM 2-24  
LC-301 See Bubble Jet Paper LC-301  
LCD display 2-23  
messages 8-30 to 8-34  
Letters  
editing 2-57  
entering 2-56, 2-57  
Lifting unit 1-15  
J
Line  
connecting 2-16  
Jack  
jack 2-16, 2-21  
answering machine 2-17, 2-21  
handset 2-17, 2-21  
telephone 2-17, 2-21  
telephone line 2-16, 2-21  
Jams  
LINE MONITOR VOL setting 2-62, 2-69, 2-71  
Listen Time before Ringing setting 2-66  
LOAD PAPER message 5-11, 8-32  
Loading documents  
automatic feed 6-6 to 6-8  
manual feed 6-10, 6-11  
Loading print media  
automatic feed 2-45 to 2-48  
manual feed 2-49  
Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) 8-6,  
8-7  
sheet feeder 8-8  
Location  
selecting 2-3, 2-4  
Long distance dialling 4-22  
I-6  
Index  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
M
MEMORY USED nn% message 8-33  
Messages 5-10, 5-11, 8-30 to 8-34  
MID PAUSE SET setting 2-63, 2-69, 2-72  
Monitor 7-7  
Multifunction 1-3  
Multitasking 1-3, 5-13  
Maintaining  
BJ cartridge 9-8 to 9-20  
cleaning 9-2 to 9-7  
Manual  
document feed 6-3, 6-5, 6-10, 6-11  
feeder 2-21  
MultiPASS Desktop Manager 1-8, 2-54  
CD-ROM 2-6  
feeding 2-49  
user’s guide 1-11, 2-6  
receiving 5-2, 5-3, 5-6, 5-7  
sending 4-6  
Manual display See MANUAL MODE  
Manual document feed 6-3, 6-5, 6-10, 6-11  
MANUAL MODE  
N
NO ANSWER message 8-33  
NO TEL # message 8-33  
NOT AVAILABLE message 8-33  
Nozzle check pattern 9-8  
NOZZLE CHECK setting 2-67, 2-70, 9-8  
Number of Rings setting 2-65  
Numbers  
description 5-2  
setting 5-3  
using 5-6, 5-7  
Manual sending via the handset  
cancelling 4-12  
description 4-6  
redialling 4-15  
editing 2-57  
using 4-8, 4-9  
entering 2-56, 2-57  
Manual/Auto Switch setting 2-66  
Memory  
storing for speed dialling 3-3, 3-4, 3-10, 3-11  
Numeric buttons 2-24  
documents received 5-10, 5-12  
messages 5-10, 5-11  
Memory Clear report 4-25  
MEMORY FULL message 6-15, 8-33  
MEMORY FULL PLEASE WAIT message  
8-33  
Memory sending  
automatic redialling 4-15, 4-16  
cancelling 4-12  
description 4-6  
using 4-10, 4-11  
Index  
I-7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
O
Paper thickness lever 2-22  
adjusting 2-35, 2-42, 2-43  
setting 2-35, 2-42, 2-43  
Parallel cable 2-6  
connecting 2-14, 2-15  
Pause Duration setting 2-63  
Pauses  
entering 4-22  
PBX 4-20  
PC  
Off Hook Alarm setting 2-63  
On Error Resend setting 2-64  
One-touch speed dial buttons 2-24  
One-touch speed dialling  
changing names 3-5 to 3-7  
changing numbers 3-5 to 3-7  
deleting numbers 3-5, 3-6  
description 3-2, 4-7  
storing 3-3, 3-4  
using 3-8, 3-9  
connecting 2-14, 2-15  
dialling 4-7  
with sequential broadcasting 4-18  
Operation panel 2-20, 2-23, 2-24, 2-54  
Optional handset  
Phone Line Type setting 2-63  
Phone Lock setting 2-64  
Photo Kit 1-10  
attaching See Appendix B  
connecting 2-17  
Plain paper See paper  
Plain paper fax  
Output tray 2-20  
features 1-4  
Output tray extension 2-6, 2-20  
attaching 2-13  
PLEASE WAIT message 8-33  
Port  
Outside Dialling Prefix setting 2-63  
Outside line number  
bi-directional parallel 2-21  
interface 2-14  
registering 4-20, 4-21  
Power connector 2-21  
Power cord 2-6  
connecting 2-18, 2-19  
Power cut 4-25  
Print head  
P
Paper  
cleaning 9-9  
Bubble Jet LC-301 2-38  
guide 2-20  
testing 9-9  
handling 7-2 to 7-5  
High Resolution HR-101 2-38, 2-50  
jams 8-6 to 8-8  
loading 2-44, 2-45  
output guides 2-20, 2-53  
printable area 2-40  
problems feeding 8-9 to 8-11  
rest 2-20  
selecting 2-37  
Paper Size setting 2-65  
I-8  
Index  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Print media 1-9  
R
Back Print Film BF-102 2-38  
Bubble Jet Paper LC-301 2-38  
Canon 2-38, 2-39  
R button 2-26  
registering 4-20, 4-21  
envelopes 2-37  
R-Key setting 2-64  
Fabric Sheets FS-101 2-39  
High-Gloss Film HG-101 2-39  
High Resolution Paper HR-101 2-38, 2-50  
loading 2-44 to 2-52  
plain 2-37  
R-KEY SETTING 2-64, 2-69, 4-20  
REC’D IN MEMORY message 8-34  
Receive Fax Options setting 2-65  
RECEIVE MODE button 2-23, 5-3  
RECEIVED IN FILE message 8-34  
Receiving  
selecting 2-37  
T-Shirt Transfers TR-101 2-39  
Transparencies CF-102 2-38  
Print quality  
problems 8-24, 8-25  
Printable area  
ANS.MACHINE MODE 5-2, 5-3, 5-9  
answering machine 5-2, 5-3, 5-9  
automatic switchover 5-2, 5-3, 5-4, 5-5  
automatically 5-2, 5-3, 5-8  
cancelling 5-14  
envelopes 2-41  
plain paper 2-40  
special media 2-40  
Printer  
FAX ONLY MODE 5-2, 5-3  
Fax/Tel Mode 5-2, 5-3, 5-4, 5-5  
MANUAL MODE 5-2, 5-3, 5-6, 5-7  
manually 5-2, 5-3, 5-6, 5-7  
modes 5-2  
cover 2-20  
features 1-6  
PRINTER RESET button 2-25  
Printing  
problems 8-14 to 8-17  
remote 5-6  
setting mode 5-3  
colour 7-6, 7-7  
cost 7-9  
REDIAL/PAUSE button 2-24  
Redialling  
envelopes 7-2 to 7-5  
problems 8-19 to 8-23, 8-26 to 8-28  
received fax 5-12  
automatic 4-15, 4-16  
cancelling 4-15, 4-16, 4-17  
manual 4-15  
receiving while 5-13  
selecting paper 7-2  
speed 1-6, 7-8  
Reduction  
copying 1-5, 6-13 to 6-15  
Reduction setting 2-65  
Registering  
Printing Spooler setting 2-62  
Problems  
access type 4-20, 4-21  
cannot solve 8-3  
outside line number 4-20, 4-21  
receiving while 5-13  
colour copying 8-26 to 8-28  
colour printing 8-26 to 8-28  
copying 8-18  
faxing 8-12 to 8-17  
feeding paper 8-9 to 8-11  
general 8-29  
index 8-4, 8-5  
paper jams 8-6 to 8-8  
print quality 8-24, 8-25  
printing 8-19 to 8-23  
telephone 8-17  
Pulse line  
using tone dialling on 4-24  
PUT IN CARTRIDGE message 5-10, 8-33  
Index  
I-9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Regular dialling 4-7  
S
Remote Identification Number setting 2-66  
Remote Receive setting 2-66  
Remote reception 5-6, 5-7  
Removing  
Safety instructions 1-14 to 1-16  
SB-21 BJ Cartridge container 2-6, 2-30, 2-36  
SCAN CONTRAST setting 2-64, 2-68, 4-4, 4-5  
Scanning  
document from ADF 4-13, 4-14  
shipping materials 2-8 to 2-10  
Replacing  
components 9-4 to 9-7  
contrast 4-4, 4-5  
BJ cartridge 9-12 to 9-16  
ink tanks 9-17 to 9-20  
Report  
documents 6-2  
features 1-7  
image size 6-4  
Memory Clear 4-25  
resolution 4-3  
Report Print setting 2-65  
Resolution  
Sending  
cancelling 4-12  
changing 4-3, 4-4, 6-13  
copying 1-5, 6-14  
printing 1-6  
group dialling 4-19  
manual via the handset 4-6, 4-8, 4-9  
memory 4-6, 4-10, 4-11  
methods 4-6  
scanner 1-7  
setting 4-3  
preparing for 4-3 to 4-7  
problems 8-12 to 8-14  
several destinations 4-18, 4-19  
through switchboard 4-20  
Sending document support 2-6, 2-20  
attaching 2-11  
RESOLUTION button 2-23  
RESUME button 2-25  
Ring Time setting 2-66  
Ring Tone setting 2-66  
ROLLER CLEANING setting 2-50, 2-51, 2-  
67, 2-70  
Sequential broadcasting 4-18  
using 4-18, 4-19  
RX CALL LEVEL setting 2-62, 2-69, 2-72  
I-10  
Index  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Serial number 8-3  
Settings 2-61 to 2-73  
accessing 2-71 to 2-73  
general 2-62  
T
T-Shirt Transfers TR-101 2-39  
Tank See Ink tank  
list 2-61 to 2-70  
other 2-67  
receive settings 2-65  
sending 2-63  
TEL LINE TYPE setting 2-58, 2-59, 2-63, 2-69  
TEL REGISTRATION setting 2-68  
Telephone  
connecting 2-17  
speed dialling settings 2-67  
unit 2-68 to 2-70  
features 1-5  
jack 2-17, 2-21  
Sheet feeder 2-20  
jams 8-8  
problems 8-17  
Telephone Attached to Unit setting 2-62  
Telephone line 2-6  
connecting 2-16  
jack 2-16, 2-21  
Temperature  
location 2-3  
paper storage 2-44  
Testing  
problems feeding 8-9 to 8-11  
Shipping materials  
removing 2-8 to 2-10  
Silent Receive setting 2-65  
Speaker setting 2-62  
Special function buttons 2-24, 2-25, 2-26  
Specifications See Appendix A  
Speed  
print head 9-9  
copying 6-14  
unit 2-74  
printing 1-6  
transmission 1-4  
Thickness lever See Paper thickness lever  
Tone dialling  
Speed dialling  
on a pulse line 4-24  
TONE/+ button 2-25  
using 4-24  
TR-101 See T-Shirt Transfers TR-101  
Transmission speed 1-4  
Transparencies  
CF-102 Transparencies 2-38  
loading 2-44, 2-45  
Transparencies CF-102 2-38  
Transporting unit 9-21  
TWAIN 1-7  
coded 3-2, 3-10 to 3-16  
group dialling 3-2, 3-17 to 3-21  
methods 3-2  
one-touch 3-2, 3-3 to 3-9  
Speed setting 2-63, 2-65  
START AGAIN message 8-34  
START/COPY button 2-24  
STOP button 2-24  
Supplies 1-9, 1-10  
BJ cartridge 1-9  
ink tank 1-9  
photo kit 1-10  
print media 1-9  
TX/RX CANCELLED message 8-34  
TX/RX NO. nnnn message 8-34  
Type conventions 1-12  
Support See Customer support  
Switchboard 4-20, 4-21  
Symbols  
editing 2-57  
entering 2-56, 2-57  
Index  
I-11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
U
V
UHQTM See Ultra High Quality  
Ultra High Quality 1-4, 4-3  
UNIT NAME setting 2-58, 2-59, 2-63, 2-68  
UNIT TELEPHONE # setting 2-58, 2-63, 2-68  
Unpacking unit 2-5 to 2-10  
User information  
entering 2-54, 2-58 to 2-60  
USER SETTINGS 2-68  
User’s guide 1-11, 2-6  
Ventilation 2-3, 2-4  
Voltage 2-3, 2-18  
VOLUME CONTROL setting 2-68, 2-71  
W
Wait between Retries setting 2-63  
Weight 2-3  
MultiPASS Desktop Manager for  
Windowsă 1-11, 2-6  
Windows 95/98 1-8  
type conventions 1-12  
using 1-11  
I-12  
Index  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

Beko Washer WM 6103 W User Manual
Beko Washer WMB71231B User Manual
Bionaire Air Cleaner BAP825 User Manual
Black Box Switch KV2016A User Manual
Black Decker Carpet Cleaner FSM1630 XE User Manual
Blanco Indoor Furnishings 157 055 User Manual
Bosch Appliances Security Camera NDN 932 User Manual
Brocade Communications Systems Marine Radio 53 1002745 02 User Manual
Campbell Hausfeld Air Compressor IN628801AV User Manual
Canon Fax Machine B160 User Manual